1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 113 * on this channel. 114 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 115 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 116 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 117 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 118 * restrictions. 119 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 121 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 122 * not permitted using this channel 123 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 124 * not permitted using this channel 125 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 126 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 127 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation 129 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 130 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel, 131 * even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 132 */ 133 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), 145 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), 146 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = BIT(14), 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = BIT(15), 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = BIT(16), 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = BIT(17), 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = BIT(18), 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), 155 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), 156 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), 157 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), 158 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), 159 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), 160 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26), 161 }; 162 163 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 164 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 165 166 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 167 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 168 169 /** 170 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 171 * 172 * This structure describes a single channel for use 173 * with cfg80211. 174 * 175 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 176 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 177 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 178 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 179 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 180 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 181 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 182 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 183 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 184 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 185 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 186 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 187 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 188 * @orig_mag: internal use 189 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 190 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 191 * on this channel. 192 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 193 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 194 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 195 */ 196 struct ieee80211_channel { 197 enum nl80211_band band; 198 u32 center_freq; 199 u16 freq_offset; 200 u16 hw_value; 201 u32 flags; 202 int max_antenna_gain; 203 int max_power; 204 int max_reg_power; 205 bool beacon_found; 206 u32 orig_flags; 207 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 208 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 209 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 210 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 211 s8 psd; 212 }; 213 214 /** 215 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 216 * 217 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 218 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 219 * different bands/PHY modes. 220 * 221 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 222 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 223 * with CCK rates. 224 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 225 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 226 * core code when registering the wiphy. 227 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 228 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 229 * core code when registering the wiphy. 230 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 231 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 232 * core code when registering the wiphy. 233 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 234 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 235 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 236 */ 237 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 238 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), 239 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), 240 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), 241 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), 242 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), 243 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), 244 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), 245 }; 246 247 /** 248 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 249 * 250 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 251 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 252 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 253 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 254 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 255 */ 256 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 257 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 258 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 259 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 260 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 261 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 262 }; 263 264 /** 265 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 266 * 267 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 268 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 269 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 270 */ 271 enum ieee80211_privacy { 272 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 273 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 274 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 275 }; 276 277 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 278 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 279 280 /** 281 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 282 * 283 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 284 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 285 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 286 * passed around. 287 * 288 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 289 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 290 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 291 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 292 * short preamble is used 293 */ 294 struct ieee80211_rate { 295 u32 flags; 296 u16 bitrate; 297 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 298 }; 299 300 /** 301 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 302 * 303 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 304 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 305 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 306 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 307 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 308 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 309 * members of the SRG 310 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 311 * used by members of the SRG 312 */ 313 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 314 bool enable; 315 u8 sr_ctrl; 316 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 317 u8 min_offset; 318 u8 max_offset; 319 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 320 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 321 }; 322 323 /** 324 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 325 * 326 * @color: the current color. 327 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 328 * @partial: define the AID equation. 329 */ 330 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 331 u8 color; 332 bool enabled; 333 bool partial; 334 }; 335 336 /** 337 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 338 * 339 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 340 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 341 * 342 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 343 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 344 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 345 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 346 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 347 */ 348 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 349 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 350 bool ht_supported; 351 u8 ampdu_factor; 352 u8 ampdu_density; 353 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 354 }; 355 356 /** 357 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 358 * 359 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 360 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 361 * 362 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 363 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 364 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 365 */ 366 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 367 bool vht_supported; 368 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 369 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 370 }; 371 372 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 373 374 /** 375 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 376 * 377 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 378 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 379 * 380 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 381 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 382 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 383 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 384 */ 385 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 386 bool has_he; 387 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 388 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 389 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 390 }; 391 392 /** 393 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 394 * 395 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 396 * and NSS Set field" 397 * 398 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 399 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 400 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 401 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 402 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 403 */ 404 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 405 union { 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 407 struct { 408 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 410 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 411 } __packed bw; 412 } __packed; 413 } __packed; 414 415 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 416 417 /** 418 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 419 * 420 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 421 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 422 * 423 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 424 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 425 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 426 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 427 */ 428 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 429 bool has_eht; 430 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 431 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 432 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 433 }; 434 435 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 436 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 437 /* 438 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 439 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 440 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 441 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 442 */ 443 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 444 #else 445 # define __iftd 446 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 447 448 /** 449 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 450 * 451 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 452 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 453 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 454 * 455 * @types_mask: interface types mask 456 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 457 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 458 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 459 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 460 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 461 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 462 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 463 */ 464 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 465 u16 types_mask; 466 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 467 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 468 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 469 struct { 470 const u8 *data; 471 unsigned int len; 472 } vendor_elems; 473 }; 474 475 /** 476 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 477 * 478 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 479 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 480 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 481 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 482 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 483 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 484 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 485 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 486 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 487 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 488 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 489 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 490 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 491 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 492 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 493 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 494 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 495 */ 496 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 497 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 498 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 499 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 500 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 501 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 502 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 503 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 504 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 505 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 506 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 507 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 508 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 509 }; 510 511 /** 512 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 513 * 514 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 515 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 516 * 517 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 518 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 519 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 520 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 521 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 522 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 523 */ 524 struct ieee80211_edmg { 525 u8 channels; 526 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 527 }; 528 529 /** 530 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 531 * 532 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 533 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 534 * 535 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 536 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 537 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 538 */ 539 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 540 bool s1g; 541 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 542 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 543 }; 544 545 /** 546 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 547 * 548 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 549 * is able to operate in. 550 * 551 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 552 * in this band. 553 * @band: the band this structure represents 554 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 555 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 556 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 557 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 558 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 559 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 560 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 561 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 562 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 563 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 564 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 565 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 566 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 567 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 568 * iftype_data). 569 */ 570 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 571 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 572 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 573 enum nl80211_band band; 574 int n_channels; 575 int n_bitrates; 576 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 577 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 578 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 579 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 580 u16 n_iftype_data; 581 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 582 }; 583 584 /** 585 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 586 * @sband: the sband to initialize 587 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 588 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 589 * 590 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 591 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 592 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 593 */ 594 static inline void 595 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 596 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 597 u16 n_iftd) 598 { 599 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 600 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 601 } 602 603 /** 604 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 605 * @sband: the sband to initialize 606 * @iftd: the iftype data array 607 */ 608 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 609 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 610 611 /** 612 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 613 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 614 * @i: iterator counter 615 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 616 */ 617 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 618 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 619 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 620 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 621 622 /** 623 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 624 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 625 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 626 * 627 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 628 */ 629 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 630 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 631 u8 iftype) 632 { 633 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 634 int i; 635 636 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 637 return NULL; 638 639 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 640 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 641 642 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 643 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 644 return data; 645 } 646 647 return NULL; 648 } 649 650 /** 651 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 652 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 653 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 654 * 655 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 656 */ 657 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 658 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 659 u8 iftype) 660 { 661 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 662 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 663 664 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 665 return &data->he_cap; 666 667 return NULL; 668 } 669 670 /** 671 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 672 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 673 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 674 * 675 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 676 */ 677 static inline __le16 678 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 679 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 680 { 681 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 682 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 683 684 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 685 return 0; 686 687 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 688 } 689 690 /** 691 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 692 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 693 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 694 * 695 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 696 */ 697 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 698 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 699 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 700 { 701 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 702 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 703 704 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 705 return &data->eht_cap; 706 707 return NULL; 708 } 709 710 /** 711 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 712 * 713 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 714 * 715 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 716 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 717 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 718 * 719 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 720 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 721 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 722 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 723 * without affecting other devices. 724 * 725 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 726 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 727 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 728 */ 729 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 730 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 731 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 732 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 733 { 734 } 735 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 736 737 738 /* 739 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 740 */ 741 742 /** 743 * DOC: Actions and configuration 744 * 745 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 746 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 747 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 748 * operations use are described separately. 749 * 750 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 751 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 752 * 753 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 754 * in a separate chapter. 755 */ 756 757 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 758 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 759 760 /** 761 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 762 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 763 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 764 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 765 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 766 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 767 * determine the address as needed. 768 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 769 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 770 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 771 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 772 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 773 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 774 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 775 */ 776 struct vif_params { 777 u32 flags; 778 int use_4addr; 779 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 780 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 781 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 782 }; 783 784 /** 785 * struct key_params - key information 786 * 787 * Information about a key 788 * 789 * @key: key material 790 * @key_len: length of key material 791 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 792 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 793 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 794 * length given by @seq_len. 795 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 796 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 797 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 798 */ 799 struct key_params { 800 const u8 *key; 801 const u8 *seq; 802 int key_len; 803 int seq_len; 804 u16 vlan_id; 805 u32 cipher; 806 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 807 }; 808 809 /** 810 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 811 * @chan: the (control) channel 812 * @width: channel width 813 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 814 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 815 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 816 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 817 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 818 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 819 * parameters are ignored. 820 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 821 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 822 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 823 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 824 */ 825 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 826 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 827 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 828 u32 center_freq1; 829 u32 center_freq2; 830 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 831 u16 freq1_offset; 832 u16 punctured; 833 }; 834 835 /* 836 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 837 */ 838 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 839 struct { 840 u32 legacy; 841 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 842 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 843 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 844 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 845 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 846 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 847 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 848 }; 849 850 851 /** 852 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 853 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 854 * of the peer. 855 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 856 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 857 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 858 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 859 * @retry_long: retry count value 860 * @retry_short: retry count value 861 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 862 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 863 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 864 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 865 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 866 */ 867 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 868 bool config_override; 869 u8 tids; 870 u64 mask; 871 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 872 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 873 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 874 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 875 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 876 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 877 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 878 }; 879 880 /** 881 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 882 * @peer: Station's MAC address 883 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 884 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 885 */ 886 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 887 const u8 *peer; 888 u32 n_tid_conf; 889 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 890 }; 891 892 /** 893 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 894 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 895 * @kek: FILS KEK 896 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 897 * @snonce: STA Nonce 898 * @anonce: AP Nonce 899 */ 900 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 901 const u8 *macaddr; 902 const u8 *kek; 903 u8 kek_len; 904 const u8 *snonce; 905 const u8 *anonce; 906 }; 907 908 /** 909 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 910 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 911 * addresses. 912 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 913 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 914 */ 915 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 916 const u8 *macaddr; 917 bool enable; 918 }; 919 920 /** 921 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 922 * @chandef: the channel definition 923 * 924 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 925 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 926 */ 927 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 928 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 929 { 930 switch (chandef->width) { 931 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 932 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 933 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 934 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 935 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 936 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 937 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 938 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 939 default: 940 WARN_ON(1); 941 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 942 } 943 } 944 945 /** 946 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 947 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 948 * @channel: the control channel 949 * @chantype: the channel type 950 * 951 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 952 */ 953 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 954 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 955 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 956 957 /** 958 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 959 * @chandef1: first channel definition 960 * @chandef2: second channel definition 961 * 962 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 963 * identical, %false otherwise. 964 */ 965 static inline bool 966 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 967 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 968 { 969 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 970 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 971 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 972 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 973 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 974 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured); 975 } 976 977 /** 978 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 979 * 980 * @chandef: the channel definition 981 * 982 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 983 */ 984 static inline bool 985 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 986 { 987 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 988 } 989 990 /** 991 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 992 * @chandef1: first channel definition 993 * @chandef2: second channel definition 994 * 995 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 996 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 997 */ 998 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 999 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1000 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 1001 1002 /** 1003 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 1004 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1005 * 1006 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1007 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1008 */ 1009 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1010 1011 /** 1012 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1013 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1014 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1015 */ 1016 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1017 1018 /** 1019 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1020 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1021 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1022 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1023 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1024 */ 1025 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1026 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1027 u32 prohibited_flags); 1028 1029 /** 1030 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1031 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1032 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1033 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1034 * Returns: 1035 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1036 */ 1037 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1038 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1039 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1040 1041 /** 1042 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1043 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1044 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1045 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1046 * 1047 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1048 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1049 */ 1050 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1051 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1052 1053 /** 1054 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1055 * channel definition 1056 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1057 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1058 * 1059 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1060 */ 1061 unsigned int 1062 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1063 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1064 1065 /** 1066 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1067 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1068 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1069 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1070 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1071 * 1072 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1073 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1074 */ 1075 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1076 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1077 u16 *punctured); 1078 1079 /** 1080 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1081 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1082 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1083 * 1084 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1085 **/ 1086 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1087 1088 /** 1089 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width 1090 * @width: the channel width of the channel 1091 * 1092 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 1093 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 1094 * 1095 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width 1096 */ 1097 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 1098 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) 1099 { 1100 switch (width) { 1101 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1102 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 1103 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1104 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 1105 default: 1106 break; 1107 } 1108 return 0; 1109 } 1110 1111 /** 1112 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 1113 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1114 * 1115 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). 1116 * 1117 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 1118 */ 1119 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 1120 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1121 { 1122 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); 1123 } 1124 1125 /** 1126 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1127 * 1128 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1129 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1130 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1131 * 1132 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1133 * 1134 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1135 */ 1136 static inline int 1137 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1138 { 1139 switch (chandef->width) { 1140 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1141 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1142 chandef->chan->max_power); 1143 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1144 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1145 chandef->chan->max_power); 1146 default: 1147 break; 1148 } 1149 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1150 } 1151 1152 /** 1153 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1154 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1155 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1156 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1157 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1158 * 1159 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise 1160 */ 1161 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1162 unsigned long band_mask, 1163 u32 prohibited_flags); 1164 1165 /** 1166 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1167 * 1168 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1169 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1170 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1171 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1172 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1173 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1174 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1175 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1176 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1177 * 1178 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1179 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1180 */ 1181 enum survey_info_flags { 1182 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1183 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1184 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1185 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1186 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1187 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1188 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1189 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1190 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1191 }; 1192 1193 /** 1194 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1195 * 1196 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1197 * record to report global statistics 1198 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1199 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1200 * optional 1201 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1202 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1203 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1204 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1205 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1206 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1207 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1208 * 1209 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1210 * 1211 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1212 * channel duty cycle etc. 1213 */ 1214 struct survey_info { 1215 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1216 u64 time; 1217 u64 time_busy; 1218 u64 time_ext_busy; 1219 u64 time_rx; 1220 u64 time_tx; 1221 u64 time_scan; 1222 u64 time_bss_rx; 1223 u32 filled; 1224 s8 noise; 1225 }; 1226 1227 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1228 1229 /** 1230 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1231 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1232 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1233 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1234 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1235 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1236 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1237 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1238 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1239 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1240 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1241 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1242 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1243 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1244 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1245 * protocol frames. 1246 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1247 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1248 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1249 * port for mac80211 1250 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1251 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1252 * offload) 1253 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1254 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1255 * 1256 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1257 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1258 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1259 * such a scenario. 1260 * 1261 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1262 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1263 * 1264 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1265 * Allow hash-to-element only 1266 * 1267 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1268 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1269 */ 1270 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1271 u32 wpa_versions; 1272 u32 cipher_group; 1273 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1274 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1275 int n_akm_suites; 1276 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1277 bool control_port; 1278 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1279 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1280 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1281 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1282 const u8 *psk; 1283 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1284 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1285 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1286 }; 1287 1288 /** 1289 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1290 * 1291 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1292 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1293 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1294 */ 1295 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1296 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1297 u8 index; 1298 bool ema; 1299 }; 1300 1301 /** 1302 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1303 * 1304 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1305 * 1306 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1307 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1308 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1309 */ 1310 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1311 u8 cnt; 1312 struct { 1313 const u8 *data; 1314 size_t len; 1315 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1316 }; 1317 1318 /** 1319 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1320 * 1321 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1322 * 1323 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1324 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1325 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1326 */ 1327 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1328 u8 cnt; 1329 struct { 1330 const u8 *data; 1331 size_t len; 1332 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1333 }; 1334 1335 /** 1336 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1337 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1338 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1339 * or %NULL if not changed 1340 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1341 * or %NULL if not changed 1342 * @head_len: length of @head 1343 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1344 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1345 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1346 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1347 * frames or %NULL 1348 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1349 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1350 * Response frames or %NULL 1351 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1352 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1353 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1354 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1355 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1356 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1357 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1358 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1359 * (measurement type 8) 1360 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1361 * Token (measurement type 11) 1362 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1363 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1364 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1365 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1366 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1367 */ 1368 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1369 unsigned int link_id; 1370 1371 const u8 *head, *tail; 1372 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1373 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1374 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1375 const u8 *probe_resp; 1376 const u8 *lci; 1377 const u8 *civicloc; 1378 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1379 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1380 s8 ftm_responder; 1381 1382 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1383 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1384 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1385 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1386 size_t probe_resp_len; 1387 size_t lci_len; 1388 size_t civicloc_len; 1389 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1390 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1391 }; 1392 1393 struct mac_address { 1394 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1395 }; 1396 1397 /** 1398 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1399 * 1400 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1401 * entry specified by mac_addr 1402 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1403 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1404 */ 1405 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1406 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1407 int n_acl_entries; 1408 1409 /* Keep it last */ 1410 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1411 }; 1412 1413 /** 1414 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1415 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1416 * 1417 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1418 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1419 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1420 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1421 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1422 * frame headers. 1423 */ 1424 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1425 bool update; 1426 u32 min_interval; 1427 u32 max_interval; 1428 size_t tmpl_len; 1429 const u8 *tmpl; 1430 }; 1431 1432 /** 1433 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1434 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1435 * 1436 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1437 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1438 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1439 * scanning 1440 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1441 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1442 */ 1443 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1444 bool update; 1445 u32 interval; 1446 size_t tmpl_len; 1447 const u8 *tmpl; 1448 }; 1449 1450 /** 1451 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1452 * 1453 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1454 * 1455 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1456 * @beacon: beacon data 1457 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1458 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1459 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1460 * user space) 1461 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1462 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1463 * @crypto: crypto settings 1464 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1465 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1466 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1467 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1468 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1469 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1470 * MAC address based access control 1471 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1472 * networks. 1473 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1474 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1475 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1476 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1477 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1478 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1479 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1480 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1481 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1482 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1483 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1484 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1485 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1486 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1487 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1488 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1489 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1490 */ 1491 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1492 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1493 1494 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1495 1496 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1497 const u8 *ssid; 1498 size_t ssid_len; 1499 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1500 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1501 bool privacy; 1502 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1503 int inactivity_timeout; 1504 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1505 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1506 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1507 bool pbss; 1508 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1509 1510 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1511 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1512 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1513 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1514 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1515 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1516 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1517 bool twt_responder; 1518 u32 flags; 1519 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1520 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1521 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1522 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1523 }; 1524 1525 1526 /** 1527 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1528 * 1529 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1530 * 1531 * @beacon: beacon data 1532 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1533 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1534 */ 1535 struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1536 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1537 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1538 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1539 }; 1540 1541 /** 1542 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1543 * 1544 * Used for channel switch 1545 * 1546 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1547 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1548 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1549 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1550 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1551 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1552 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1553 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1554 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1555 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1556 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1557 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1558 */ 1559 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1560 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1561 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1562 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1563 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1564 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1565 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1566 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1567 bool radar_required; 1568 bool block_tx; 1569 u8 count; 1570 u8 link_id; 1571 }; 1572 1573 /** 1574 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1575 * 1576 * Used for bss color change 1577 * 1578 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1579 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1580 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1581 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1582 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1583 * @color: the color used after the change 1584 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. 1585 * 0 in case of non-MLO. 1586 */ 1587 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1588 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1589 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1590 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1591 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1592 u8 count; 1593 u8 color; 1594 u8 link_id; 1595 }; 1596 1597 /** 1598 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1599 * 1600 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1601 * 1602 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global 1603 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1604 * to use for verification 1605 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1606 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1607 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1608 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1609 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1610 * nl80211_iftype. 1611 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1612 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1613 * the verification 1614 */ 1615 struct iface_combination_params { 1616 int radio_idx; 1617 int num_different_channels; 1618 u8 radar_detect; 1619 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1620 u32 new_beacon_int; 1621 }; 1622 1623 /** 1624 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1625 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1626 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1627 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1628 * 1629 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1630 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1631 */ 1632 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1633 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1634 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1635 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1636 }; 1637 1638 /** 1639 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1640 * 1641 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1642 * 1643 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1644 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1645 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1646 * power per-interface or per-station. 1647 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1648 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1649 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1650 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1651 * per peer TPC. 1652 */ 1653 struct sta_txpwr { 1654 s16 power; 1655 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1656 }; 1657 1658 /** 1659 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1660 * 1661 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1662 * 1663 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1664 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1665 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1666 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1667 * (or NULL for no change) 1668 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1669 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1670 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1671 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1672 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1673 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1674 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1675 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1676 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1677 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1678 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1679 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1680 */ 1681 struct link_station_parameters { 1682 const u8 *mld_mac; 1683 int link_id; 1684 const u8 *link_mac; 1685 const u8 *supported_rates; 1686 u8 supported_rates_len; 1687 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1688 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1689 u8 opmode_notif; 1690 bool opmode_notif_used; 1691 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1692 u8 he_capa_len; 1693 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1694 bool txpwr_set; 1695 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1696 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1697 u8 eht_capa_len; 1698 }; 1699 1700 /** 1701 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1702 * 1703 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1704 * 1705 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1706 * @link_id: the link id 1707 */ 1708 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1709 const u8 *mld_mac; 1710 u32 link_id; 1711 }; 1712 1713 /** 1714 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1715 * 1716 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1717 * 1718 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1719 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1720 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1721 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1722 */ 1723 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1724 u16 dlink[8]; 1725 u16 ulink[8]; 1726 }; 1727 1728 /** 1729 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1730 * 1731 * Used to change and create a new station. 1732 * 1733 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1734 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1735 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1736 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1737 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1738 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1739 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1740 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1741 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1742 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1743 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1744 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1745 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1746 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1747 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1748 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1749 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1750 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1751 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1752 * to unknown) 1753 * @capability: station capability 1754 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1755 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1756 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1757 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1758 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1759 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1760 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1761 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1762 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1763 */ 1764 struct station_parameters { 1765 struct net_device *vlan; 1766 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1767 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1768 int listen_interval; 1769 u16 aid; 1770 u16 vlan_id; 1771 u16 peer_aid; 1772 u8 plink_action; 1773 u8 plink_state; 1774 u8 uapsd_queues; 1775 u8 max_sp; 1776 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1777 u16 capability; 1778 const u8 *ext_capab; 1779 u8 ext_capab_len; 1780 const u8 *supported_channels; 1781 u8 supported_channels_len; 1782 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1783 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1784 int support_p2p_ps; 1785 u16 airtime_weight; 1786 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1787 }; 1788 1789 /** 1790 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1791 * 1792 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1793 * 1794 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1795 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1796 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1797 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1798 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1799 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1800 * remove all stations. 1801 */ 1802 struct station_del_parameters { 1803 const u8 *mac; 1804 u8 subtype; 1805 u16 reason_code; 1806 int link_id; 1807 }; 1808 1809 /** 1810 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1811 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1812 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1813 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1814 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1815 * the AP MLME in the device 1816 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1817 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1818 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1819 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1820 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1821 * supported/used) 1822 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1823 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1824 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1825 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1826 */ 1827 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1828 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1829 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1830 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1831 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1832 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1833 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1834 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1835 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1836 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1837 }; 1838 1839 /** 1840 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1841 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1842 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1843 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1844 * 1845 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1846 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1847 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. 1848 * 1849 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that 1850 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't 1851 * use them before calling this. 1852 */ 1853 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1854 struct station_parameters *params, 1855 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1856 1857 /** 1858 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1859 * 1860 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1861 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1862 * 1863 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1864 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1865 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1866 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1867 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1868 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1869 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1870 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1871 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1872 */ 1873 enum rate_info_flags { 1874 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1875 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1876 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1877 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1878 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1879 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1880 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1881 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1882 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1883 }; 1884 1885 /** 1886 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1887 * 1888 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1889 * 1890 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1891 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1892 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1893 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1894 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1895 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1896 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1897 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1898 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1899 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1900 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1901 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1902 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1903 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1904 */ 1905 enum rate_info_bw { 1906 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1907 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1908 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1909 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1910 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1911 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1912 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1913 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1914 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1915 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1916 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1917 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1918 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1919 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1920 }; 1921 1922 /** 1923 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1924 * 1925 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1926 * 1927 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1928 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1929 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1930 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1931 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1932 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1933 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1934 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1935 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1936 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1937 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1938 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1939 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1940 */ 1941 struct rate_info { 1942 u16 flags; 1943 u16 legacy; 1944 u8 mcs; 1945 u8 nss; 1946 u8 bw; 1947 u8 he_gi; 1948 u8 he_dcm; 1949 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1950 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1951 u8 eht_gi; 1952 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1953 }; 1954 1955 /** 1956 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1957 * 1958 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1959 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1960 * 1961 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1962 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1963 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1964 */ 1965 enum bss_param_flags { 1966 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 1967 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 1968 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 1969 }; 1970 1971 /** 1972 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1973 * 1974 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1975 * 1976 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1977 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1978 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1979 */ 1980 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1981 u8 flags; 1982 u8 dtim_period; 1983 u16 beacon_interval; 1984 }; 1985 1986 /** 1987 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1988 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1989 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1990 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1991 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1992 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1993 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1994 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1995 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1996 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1997 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1998 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1999 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 2000 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 2001 */ 2002 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 2003 u32 filled; 2004 u32 backlog_bytes; 2005 u32 backlog_packets; 2006 u32 flows; 2007 u32 drops; 2008 u32 ecn_marks; 2009 u32 overlimit; 2010 u32 overmemory; 2011 u32 collisions; 2012 u32 tx_bytes; 2013 u32 tx_packets; 2014 u32 max_flows; 2015 }; 2016 2017 /** 2018 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2019 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2020 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2021 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2022 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2023 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2024 * transmitted MSDUs 2025 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2026 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2027 */ 2028 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2029 u32 filled; 2030 u64 rx_msdu; 2031 u64 tx_msdu; 2032 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2033 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2034 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2035 }; 2036 2037 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2038 2039 /** 2040 * struct station_info - station information 2041 * 2042 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2043 * 2044 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2045 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2046 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2047 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2048 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2049 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2050 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2051 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2052 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2053 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2054 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2055 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2056 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2057 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2058 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2059 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2060 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2061 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2062 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2063 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2064 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2065 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2066 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2067 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2068 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2069 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2070 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2071 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2072 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2073 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2074 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2075 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2076 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2077 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2078 * @llid: mesh local link id 2079 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2080 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2081 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2082 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2083 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2084 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2085 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2086 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2087 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2088 * towards this station. 2089 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2090 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2091 * from this peer 2092 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2093 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2094 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2095 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2096 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2097 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2098 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2099 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2100 * been sent. 2101 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2102 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2103 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2104 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2105 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2106 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2107 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2108 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2109 * dump_station() callbacks. 2110 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2111 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2112 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2113 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2114 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2115 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2116 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2117 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2118 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2119 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2120 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2121 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2122 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2123 */ 2124 struct station_info { 2125 u64 filled; 2126 u32 connected_time; 2127 u32 inactive_time; 2128 u64 assoc_at; 2129 u64 rx_bytes; 2130 u64 tx_bytes; 2131 s8 signal; 2132 s8 signal_avg; 2133 2134 u8 chains; 2135 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2136 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2137 2138 struct rate_info txrate; 2139 struct rate_info rxrate; 2140 u32 rx_packets; 2141 u32 tx_packets; 2142 u32 tx_retries; 2143 u32 tx_failed; 2144 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2145 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2146 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2147 2148 int generation; 2149 2150 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2151 2152 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2153 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2154 2155 s64 t_offset; 2156 u16 llid; 2157 u16 plid; 2158 u8 plink_state; 2159 u8 connected_to_gate; 2160 u8 connected_to_as; 2161 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2162 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2163 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2164 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2165 2166 u32 expected_throughput; 2167 2168 u16 airtime_weight; 2169 2170 s8 ack_signal; 2171 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2172 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2173 2174 u64 tx_duration; 2175 u64 rx_duration; 2176 u64 rx_beacon; 2177 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2178 2179 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2180 u32 fcs_err_count; 2181 2182 bool mlo_params_valid; 2183 u8 assoc_link_id; 2184 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2185 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2186 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2187 }; 2188 2189 /** 2190 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2191 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2192 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2193 */ 2194 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2195 s32 power; 2196 u32 freq_range_index; 2197 }; 2198 2199 /** 2200 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2201 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2202 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2203 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2204 */ 2205 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2206 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2207 u32 num_sub_specs; 2208 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); 2209 }; 2210 2211 2212 /** 2213 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2214 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2215 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2216 */ 2217 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2218 u32 start_freq; 2219 u32 end_freq; 2220 }; 2221 2222 /** 2223 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2224 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2225 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2226 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2227 * 2228 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2229 * range to small ones and then append them. 2230 */ 2231 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2232 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2233 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2234 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2235 }; 2236 2237 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2238 /** 2239 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2240 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2241 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2242 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2243 * 2244 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2245 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2246 * considered undefined. 2247 */ 2248 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2249 struct station_info *sinfo); 2250 #else 2251 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2252 const u8 *mac_addr, 2253 struct station_info *sinfo) 2254 { 2255 return -ENOENT; 2256 } 2257 #endif 2258 2259 /** 2260 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2261 * 2262 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2263 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2264 * 2265 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2266 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2267 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2268 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2269 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2270 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused 2271 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2272 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames 2273 */ 2274 enum monitor_flags { 2275 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), 2276 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), 2277 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), 2278 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), 2279 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), 2280 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), 2281 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), 2282 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), 2283 }; 2284 2285 /** 2286 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2287 * 2288 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2289 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2290 * 2291 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2292 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2293 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2294 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2295 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2296 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2297 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2298 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2299 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2300 */ 2301 enum mpath_info_flags { 2302 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2303 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2304 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2305 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2306 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2307 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2308 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2309 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2310 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2311 }; 2312 2313 /** 2314 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2315 * 2316 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2317 * 2318 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2319 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2320 * @sn: target sequence number 2321 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2322 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2323 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2324 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2325 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2326 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2327 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2328 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2329 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2330 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2331 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2332 */ 2333 struct mpath_info { 2334 u32 filled; 2335 u32 frame_qlen; 2336 u32 sn; 2337 u32 metric; 2338 u32 exptime; 2339 u32 discovery_timeout; 2340 u8 discovery_retries; 2341 u8 flags; 2342 u8 hop_count; 2343 u32 path_change_count; 2344 2345 int generation; 2346 }; 2347 2348 /** 2349 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2350 * 2351 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2352 * 2353 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2354 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2355 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2356 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2357 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2358 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2359 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2360 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2361 * (or NULL for no change) 2362 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2363 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2364 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2365 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2366 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2367 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2368 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2369 */ 2370 struct bss_parameters { 2371 int link_id; 2372 int use_cts_prot; 2373 int use_short_preamble; 2374 int use_short_slot_time; 2375 const u8 *basic_rates; 2376 u8 basic_rates_len; 2377 int ap_isolate; 2378 int ht_opmode; 2379 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2380 }; 2381 2382 /** 2383 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2384 * 2385 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2386 * 2387 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2388 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2389 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2390 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2391 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2392 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2393 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2394 * mesh interface 2395 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2396 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2397 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2398 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2399 * elements 2400 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2401 * detect compatible mesh peers 2402 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2403 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2404 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2405 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2406 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2407 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2408 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2409 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2410 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2411 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2412 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2413 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2414 * element 2415 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2416 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2417 * element 2418 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2419 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2420 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2421 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2422 * announcements are transmitted 2423 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2424 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2425 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2426 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2427 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2428 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2429 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2430 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2431 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2432 * station to establish a peer link 2433 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2434 * 2435 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2436 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2437 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2438 * 2439 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2440 * PREQs are transmitted. 2441 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2442 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2443 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2444 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2445 * setting for new peer links. 2446 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2447 * after transmitting its beacon. 2448 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2449 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2450 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2451 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2452 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2453 * in the mesh formation field. 2454 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2455 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2456 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2457 * in the mesh path table 2458 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2459 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2460 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2461 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2462 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2463 */ 2464 struct mesh_config { 2465 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2466 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2467 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2468 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2469 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2470 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2471 u8 element_ttl; 2472 bool auto_open_plinks; 2473 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2474 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2475 u32 path_refresh_time; 2476 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2477 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2478 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2479 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2480 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2481 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2482 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2483 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2484 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2485 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2486 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2487 s32 rssi_threshold; 2488 u16 ht_opmode; 2489 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2490 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2491 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2492 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2493 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2494 u32 plink_timeout; 2495 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2496 }; 2497 2498 /** 2499 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2500 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2501 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2502 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2503 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2504 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2505 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2506 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2507 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2508 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2509 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2510 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2511 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2512 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2513 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2514 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2515 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2516 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2517 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2518 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2519 * to operate on DFS channels. 2520 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2521 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2522 * 2523 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2524 */ 2525 struct mesh_setup { 2526 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2527 const u8 *mesh_id; 2528 u8 mesh_id_len; 2529 u8 sync_method; 2530 u8 path_sel_proto; 2531 u8 path_metric; 2532 u8 auth_id; 2533 const u8 *ie; 2534 u8 ie_len; 2535 bool is_authenticated; 2536 bool is_secure; 2537 bool user_mpm; 2538 u8 dtim_period; 2539 u16 beacon_interval; 2540 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2541 u32 basic_rates; 2542 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2543 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2544 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2545 }; 2546 2547 /** 2548 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2549 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2550 * 2551 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2552 */ 2553 struct ocb_setup { 2554 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2555 }; 2556 2557 /** 2558 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2559 * @ac: AC identifier 2560 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2561 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2562 * 1..32767] 2563 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2564 * 1..32767] 2565 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2566 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2567 */ 2568 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2569 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2570 u16 txop; 2571 u16 cwmin; 2572 u16 cwmax; 2573 u8 aifs; 2574 int link_id; 2575 }; 2576 2577 /** 2578 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2579 * 2580 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2581 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2582 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2583 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2584 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2585 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2586 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2587 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2588 * in the wiphy structure. 2589 * 2590 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2591 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2592 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2593 * 2594 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2595 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2596 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2597 * to userspace. 2598 */ 2599 2600 /** 2601 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2602 * @ssid: the SSID 2603 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2604 */ 2605 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2606 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2607 u8 ssid_len; 2608 }; 2609 2610 /** 2611 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2612 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2613 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2614 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2615 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2616 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2617 * userspace will be notified of that 2618 */ 2619 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2620 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2621 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2622 bool aborted; 2623 }; 2624 2625 /** 2626 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2627 * 2628 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2629 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2630 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2631 * which the above info is relevant to 2632 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2633 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2634 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2635 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2636 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2637 */ 2638 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2639 u32 short_ssid; 2640 u32 channel_idx; 2641 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2642 bool unsolicited_probe; 2643 bool short_ssid_valid; 2644 bool psc_no_listen; 2645 s8 psd_20; 2646 }; 2647 2648 /** 2649 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2650 * 2651 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2652 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2653 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2654 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2655 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2656 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2657 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2658 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2659 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2660 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2661 * %duration field. 2662 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2663 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2664 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2665 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2666 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2667 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2668 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2669 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2670 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2671 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2672 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2673 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2674 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2675 * true if this is the second scan request 2676 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2677 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2678 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2679 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2680 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2681 */ 2682 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2683 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2684 int n_ssids; 2685 u32 n_channels; 2686 const u8 *ie; 2687 size_t ie_len; 2688 u16 duration; 2689 bool duration_mandatory; 2690 u32 flags; 2691 2692 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2693 2694 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2695 2696 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2697 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2698 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2699 2700 /* internal */ 2701 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2702 unsigned long scan_start; 2703 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2704 bool notified; 2705 bool no_cck; 2706 bool scan_6ghz; 2707 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2708 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2709 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 2710 2711 /* keep last */ 2712 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2713 }; 2714 2715 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2716 { 2717 int i; 2718 2719 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2720 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2721 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2722 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2723 } 2724 } 2725 2726 /** 2727 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2728 * 2729 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2730 * or no match (RSSI only) 2731 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2732 * or no match (RSSI only) 2733 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2734 */ 2735 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2736 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2737 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2738 s32 rssi_thold; 2739 }; 2740 2741 /** 2742 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2743 * 2744 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2745 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2746 * infinite loop. 2747 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2748 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2749 */ 2750 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2751 u32 interval; 2752 u32 iterations; 2753 }; 2754 2755 /** 2756 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2757 * 2758 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2759 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2760 */ 2761 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2762 enum nl80211_band band; 2763 s8 delta; 2764 }; 2765 2766 /** 2767 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2768 * 2769 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2770 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2771 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2772 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2773 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2774 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2775 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2776 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2777 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2778 * (others are filtered out). 2779 * If omitted, all results are passed. 2780 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2781 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2782 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2783 * @dev: the interface 2784 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2785 * @channels: channels to scan 2786 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2787 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2788 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2789 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2790 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2791 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2792 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2793 * index must be executed first. 2794 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2795 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2796 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2797 * owned by a particular socket) 2798 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2799 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2800 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2801 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2802 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2803 * supported. 2804 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2805 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2806 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2807 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2808 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2809 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2810 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2811 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2812 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2813 * comparisons. 2814 */ 2815 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2816 u64 reqid; 2817 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2818 int n_ssids; 2819 u32 n_channels; 2820 const u8 *ie; 2821 size_t ie_len; 2822 u32 flags; 2823 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2824 int n_match_sets; 2825 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2826 u32 delay; 2827 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2828 int n_scan_plans; 2829 2830 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2831 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2832 2833 bool relative_rssi_set; 2834 s8 relative_rssi; 2835 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2836 2837 /* internal */ 2838 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2839 struct net_device *dev; 2840 unsigned long scan_start; 2841 bool report_results; 2842 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2843 u32 owner_nlportid; 2844 bool nl_owner_dead; 2845 struct list_head list; 2846 2847 /* keep last */ 2848 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2849 }; 2850 2851 /** 2852 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2853 * 2854 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2855 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2856 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2857 */ 2858 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2859 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2860 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2861 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2862 }; 2863 2864 /** 2865 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2866 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2867 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2868 * signal type 2869 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2870 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2871 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2872 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2873 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2874 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2875 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2876 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2877 * by %parent_bssid. 2878 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2879 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2880 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2881 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2882 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 2883 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 2884 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 2885 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 2886 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 2887 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 2888 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 2889 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 2890 */ 2891 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2892 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2893 s32 signal; 2894 u64 boottime_ns; 2895 u64 parent_tsf; 2896 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2897 u8 chains; 2898 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2899 2900 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 2901 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 2902 2903 void *drv_data; 2904 }; 2905 2906 /** 2907 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2908 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2909 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2910 * @len: length of the IEs 2911 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2912 * @data: IE data 2913 */ 2914 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2915 u64 tsf; 2916 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2917 int len; 2918 bool from_beacon; 2919 u8 data[]; 2920 }; 2921 2922 /** 2923 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2924 * 2925 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2926 * for use in scan results and similar. 2927 * 2928 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2929 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2930 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2931 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2932 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2933 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2934 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2935 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2936 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2937 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2938 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2939 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2940 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2941 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 2942 * cannot rely on it having valid data 2943 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2944 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2945 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2946 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2947 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2948 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2949 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2950 * (multi-BSSID support) 2951 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2952 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot 2953 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2954 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2955 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2956 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2957 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 2958 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 2959 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 2960 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 2961 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 2962 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2963 */ 2964 struct cfg80211_bss { 2965 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2966 2967 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2968 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2969 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2970 2971 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2972 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2973 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2974 2975 s32 signal; 2976 2977 u64 ts_boottime; 2978 2979 u16 beacon_interval; 2980 u16 capability; 2981 2982 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2983 u8 chains; 2984 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2985 2986 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 2987 2988 u8 bssid_index; 2989 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2990 2991 u8 use_for; 2992 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 2993 2994 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2995 }; 2996 2997 /** 2998 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2999 * @bss: the bss to search 3000 * @id: the element ID 3001 * 3002 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3003 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3004 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3005 */ 3006 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 3007 3008 /** 3009 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 3010 * @bss: the bss to search 3011 * @id: the element ID 3012 * 3013 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3014 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3015 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3016 */ 3017 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3018 { 3019 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3020 } 3021 3022 3023 /** 3024 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3025 * 3026 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3027 * authentication. 3028 * 3029 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3030 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3031 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be 3032 * supported by the station. 3033 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. 3034 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3035 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3036 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3037 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3038 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3039 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3040 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3041 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3042 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3043 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3044 * transaction sequence number field. 3045 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3046 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3047 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3048 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3049 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3050 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3051 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3052 */ 3053 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3054 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3055 const u8 *ie; 3056 size_t ie_len; 3057 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3058 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3059 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3060 const u8 *key; 3061 u8 key_len; 3062 s8 key_idx; 3063 const u8 *auth_data; 3064 size_t auth_data_len; 3065 s8 link_id; 3066 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3067 }; 3068 3069 /** 3070 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3071 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3072 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3073 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3074 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3075 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it 3076 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. 3077 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3078 * operation as a whole must fail. 3079 */ 3080 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3081 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3082 const u8 *elems; 3083 size_t elems_len; 3084 bool disabled; 3085 int error; 3086 }; 3087 3088 /** 3089 * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request 3090 * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link 3091 * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove 3092 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3093 * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame 3094 */ 3095 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req { 3096 struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3097 u16 rem_links; 3098 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3099 }; 3100 3101 /** 3102 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3103 * 3104 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3105 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3106 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3107 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3108 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3109 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3110 * request (connect callback). 3111 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3112 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3113 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3114 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3115 * flag is not set. 3116 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3117 */ 3118 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3119 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3120 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3121 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3122 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3123 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3124 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3125 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3126 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3127 }; 3128 3129 /** 3130 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3131 * 3132 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3133 * (re)association. 3134 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3135 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3136 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3137 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3138 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3139 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3140 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3141 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3142 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3143 * @crypto: crypto settings 3144 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3145 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3146 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3147 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3148 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3149 * frame. 3150 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3151 * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format 3152 * (or %NULL for no change). 3153 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. 3154 * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors 3155 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3156 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3157 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3158 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3159 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3160 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3161 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3162 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3163 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3164 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3165 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3166 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3167 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3168 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3169 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3170 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3171 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3172 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3173 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3174 * userspace for the association 3175 */ 3176 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3177 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3178 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3179 size_t ie_len; 3180 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3181 bool use_mfp; 3182 u32 flags; 3183 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3184 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3185 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3186 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3187 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3188 const u8 *fils_kek; 3189 size_t fils_kek_len; 3190 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3191 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3192 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3193 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3194 s8 link_id; 3195 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3196 }; 3197 3198 /** 3199 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3200 * 3201 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3202 * deauthentication. 3203 * 3204 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3205 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3206 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3207 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3208 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3209 * do not set a deauth frame 3210 */ 3211 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3212 const u8 *bssid; 3213 const u8 *ie; 3214 size_t ie_len; 3215 u16 reason_code; 3216 bool local_state_change; 3217 }; 3218 3219 /** 3220 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3221 * 3222 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3223 * disassociation. 3224 * 3225 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3226 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3227 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3228 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3229 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3230 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3231 */ 3232 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3233 const u8 *ap_addr; 3234 const u8 *ie; 3235 size_t ie_len; 3236 u16 reason_code; 3237 bool local_state_change; 3238 }; 3239 3240 /** 3241 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3242 * 3243 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3244 * method. 3245 * 3246 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3247 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3248 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3249 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3250 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3251 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3252 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3253 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3254 * @ie_len: length of that 3255 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3256 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3257 * after joining 3258 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3259 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3260 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3261 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3262 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3263 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3264 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3265 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3266 * to operate on DFS channels. 3267 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3268 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3269 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3270 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3271 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3272 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3273 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3274 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3275 */ 3276 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3277 const u8 *ssid; 3278 const u8 *bssid; 3279 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3280 const u8 *ie; 3281 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3282 u16 beacon_interval; 3283 u32 basic_rates; 3284 bool channel_fixed; 3285 bool privacy; 3286 bool control_port; 3287 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3288 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3289 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3290 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3291 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3292 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3293 int wep_tx_key; 3294 }; 3295 3296 /** 3297 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3298 * 3299 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3300 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3301 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3302 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3303 */ 3304 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3305 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3306 union { 3307 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3308 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3309 } param; 3310 }; 3311 3312 /** 3313 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3314 * 3315 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3316 * authentication and association. 3317 * 3318 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3319 * on scan results) 3320 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3321 * %NULL if not specified 3322 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3323 * results) 3324 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3325 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3326 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3327 * to use. 3328 * @ssid: SSID 3329 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3330 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3331 * @ie: IEs for association request 3332 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3333 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3334 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3335 * @crypto: crypto settings 3336 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3337 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3338 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3339 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3340 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3341 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3342 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3343 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3344 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3345 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3346 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3347 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3348 * networks. 3349 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3350 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3351 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3352 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3353 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3354 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3355 * frame. 3356 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3357 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3358 * data IE. 3359 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3360 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3361 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3362 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3363 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3364 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3365 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3366 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3367 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3368 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3369 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3370 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3371 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3372 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3373 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3374 */ 3375 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3376 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3377 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3378 const u8 *bssid; 3379 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3380 const u8 *ssid; 3381 size_t ssid_len; 3382 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3383 const u8 *ie; 3384 size_t ie_len; 3385 bool privacy; 3386 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3387 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3388 const u8 *key; 3389 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3390 u32 flags; 3391 int bg_scan_period; 3392 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3393 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3394 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3395 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3396 bool pbss; 3397 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3398 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3399 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3400 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3401 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3402 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3403 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3404 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3405 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3406 bool want_1x; 3407 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3408 }; 3409 3410 /** 3411 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3412 * 3413 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3414 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3415 * 3416 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3417 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3418 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3419 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3420 */ 3421 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3422 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3423 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3424 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3425 }; 3426 3427 /** 3428 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3429 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3430 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3431 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3432 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3433 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3434 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3435 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3436 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3437 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3438 */ 3439 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3440 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), 3441 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), 3442 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), 3443 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), 3444 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), 3445 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), 3446 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), 3447 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), 3448 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), 3449 }; 3450 3451 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3452 3453 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3454 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3455 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3456 3457 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3458 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3459 3460 /** 3461 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3462 * 3463 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3464 * caching. 3465 * 3466 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3467 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3468 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3469 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3470 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3471 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3472 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3473 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3474 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3475 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3476 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3477 * %NULL). 3478 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3479 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3480 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3481 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3482 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3483 * used for it expires. 3484 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3485 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3486 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3487 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3488 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3489 */ 3490 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3491 const u8 *bssid; 3492 const u8 *pmkid; 3493 const u8 *pmk; 3494 size_t pmk_len; 3495 const u8 *ssid; 3496 size_t ssid_len; 3497 const u8 *cache_id; 3498 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3499 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3500 }; 3501 3502 /** 3503 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3504 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3505 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3506 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3507 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3508 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3509 * 3510 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3511 * memory, free @mask only! 3512 */ 3513 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3514 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3515 int pattern_len; 3516 int pkt_offset; 3517 }; 3518 3519 /** 3520 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3521 * 3522 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3523 * @src: source IP address 3524 * @dst: destination IP address 3525 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3526 * @src_port: source port 3527 * @dst_port: destination port 3528 * @payload_len: data payload length 3529 * @payload: data payload buffer 3530 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3531 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3532 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3533 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3534 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3535 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3536 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3537 */ 3538 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3539 struct socket *sock; 3540 __be32 src, dst; 3541 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3542 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3543 int payload_len; 3544 const u8 *payload; 3545 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3546 u32 data_interval; 3547 u32 wake_len; 3548 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3549 u32 tokens_size; 3550 /* must be last, variable member */ 3551 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3552 }; 3553 3554 /** 3555 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3556 * 3557 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3558 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3559 * operating as normal during suspend 3560 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3561 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3562 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3563 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3564 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3565 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3566 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3567 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3568 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3569 * NULL if not configured. 3570 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3571 */ 3572 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3573 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3574 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3575 rfkill_release; 3576 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3577 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3578 int n_patterns; 3579 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3580 }; 3581 3582 /** 3583 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3584 * 3585 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3586 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3587 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3588 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3589 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3590 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3591 */ 3592 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3593 int delay; 3594 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3595 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3596 int n_patterns; 3597 }; 3598 3599 /** 3600 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3601 * 3602 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3603 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3604 * @n_rules: number of rules 3605 */ 3606 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3607 int n_rules; 3608 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); 3609 }; 3610 3611 /** 3612 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3613 * 3614 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3615 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3616 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3617 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3618 * occurred (in MHz) 3619 */ 3620 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3621 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3622 int n_channels; 3623 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3624 }; 3625 3626 /** 3627 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3628 * 3629 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3630 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3631 * match information. 3632 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3633 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3634 */ 3635 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3636 int n_matches; 3637 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); 3638 }; 3639 3640 /** 3641 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3642 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3643 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3644 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3645 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3646 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3647 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3648 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3649 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3650 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3651 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3652 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3653 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3654 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3655 * it is. 3656 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3657 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3658 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3659 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3660 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3661 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3662 */ 3663 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3664 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3665 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3666 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3667 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3668 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3669 s32 pattern_idx; 3670 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3671 const void *packet; 3672 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3673 }; 3674 3675 /** 3676 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3677 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3678 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3679 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3680 * @kek_len: length of kek 3681 * @kck_len: length of kck 3682 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3683 */ 3684 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3685 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3686 u32 akm; 3687 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3688 }; 3689 3690 /** 3691 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3692 * 3693 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3694 * 3695 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3696 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3697 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3698 */ 3699 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3700 u16 md; 3701 const u8 *ie; 3702 size_t ie_len; 3703 }; 3704 3705 /** 3706 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3707 * 3708 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3709 * 3710 * @chan: channel to use 3711 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 3712 * @wait: duration for ROC 3713 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3714 * @len: buffer length 3715 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3716 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3717 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3718 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3719 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3720 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3721 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3722 */ 3723 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3724 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3725 bool offchan; 3726 unsigned int wait; 3727 const u8 *buf; 3728 size_t len; 3729 bool no_cck; 3730 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3731 int n_csa_offsets; 3732 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3733 int link_id; 3734 }; 3735 3736 /** 3737 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3738 * 3739 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3740 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3741 */ 3742 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3743 u8 dscp; 3744 u8 up; 3745 }; 3746 3747 /** 3748 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3749 * 3750 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3751 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3752 */ 3753 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3754 u8 low; 3755 u8 high; 3756 }; 3757 3758 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3759 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3760 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3761 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3762 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3763 3764 /** 3765 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3766 * 3767 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3768 * 3769 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3770 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3771 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3772 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3773 */ 3774 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3775 u8 num_des; 3776 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3777 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3778 }; 3779 3780 /** 3781 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3782 * 3783 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3784 * 3785 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3786 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3787 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3788 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3789 */ 3790 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3791 u8 master_pref; 3792 u8 bands; 3793 }; 3794 3795 /** 3796 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3797 * configuration 3798 * 3799 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3800 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3801 */ 3802 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3803 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3804 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3805 }; 3806 3807 /** 3808 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3809 * 3810 * @filter: the content of the filter 3811 * @len: the length of the filter 3812 */ 3813 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3814 const u8 *filter; 3815 u8 len; 3816 }; 3817 3818 /** 3819 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3820 * 3821 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3822 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3823 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3824 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3825 * implementation specific. 3826 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3827 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3828 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3829 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 3830 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3831 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3832 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3833 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3834 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3835 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3836 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3837 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3838 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3839 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3840 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3841 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3842 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3843 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3844 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3845 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3846 */ 3847 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3848 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3849 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3850 u8 publish_type; 3851 bool close_range; 3852 bool publish_bcast; 3853 bool subscribe_active; 3854 u8 followup_id; 3855 u8 followup_reqid; 3856 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3857 u32 ttl; 3858 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3859 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3860 bool srf_include; 3861 const u8 *srf_bf; 3862 u8 srf_bf_len; 3863 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3864 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3865 int srf_num_macs; 3866 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3867 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3868 u8 num_tx_filters; 3869 u8 num_rx_filters; 3870 u8 instance_id; 3871 u64 cookie; 3872 }; 3873 3874 /** 3875 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3876 * 3877 * @aa: authenticator address 3878 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3879 * @pmk: the PMK material 3880 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3881 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3882 * holds PMK-R0. 3883 */ 3884 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3885 const u8 *aa; 3886 u8 pmk_len; 3887 const u8 *pmk; 3888 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3889 }; 3890 3891 /** 3892 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3893 * 3894 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3895 * 3896 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3897 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3898 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3899 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3900 * authentication response command interface. 3901 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3902 * authentication response command interface. 3903 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3904 * authentication request event interface. 3905 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3906 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3907 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3908 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3909 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3910 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3911 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3912 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3913 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 3914 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 3915 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 3916 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 3917 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 3918 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 3919 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 3920 * chosen for the authentication. 3921 */ 3922 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3923 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3924 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3925 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3926 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3927 u16 status; 3928 const u8 *pmkid; 3929 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3930 }; 3931 3932 /** 3933 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3934 * 3935 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3936 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3937 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3938 * answered 3939 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3940 * successfully answered 3941 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3942 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3943 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3944 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3945 * of how much time the responder was busy 3946 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3947 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3948 * the responder 3949 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3950 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3951 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3952 */ 3953 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3954 u32 filled; 3955 u32 success_num; 3956 u32 partial_num; 3957 u32 failed_num; 3958 u32 asap_num; 3959 u32 non_asap_num; 3960 u64 total_duration_ms; 3961 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3962 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3963 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3964 }; 3965 3966 /** 3967 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3968 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3969 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3970 * reason than just "failure" 3971 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3972 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3973 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3974 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3975 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3976 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3977 * by the responder 3978 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3979 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3980 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3981 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3982 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3983 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3984 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3985 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3986 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3987 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3988 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3989 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3990 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3991 * the square root of the variance) 3992 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3993 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3994 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3995 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3996 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3997 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3998 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3999 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 4000 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 4001 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 4002 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 4003 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 4004 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 4005 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 4006 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 4007 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 4008 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 4009 */ 4010 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 4011 const u8 *lci; 4012 const u8 *civicloc; 4013 unsigned int lci_len; 4014 unsigned int civicloc_len; 4015 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 4016 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 4017 s16 burst_index; 4018 u8 busy_retry_time; 4019 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4020 u8 burst_duration; 4021 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4022 s32 rssi_avg; 4023 s32 rssi_spread; 4024 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 4025 s64 rtt_avg; 4026 s64 rtt_variance; 4027 s64 rtt_spread; 4028 s64 dist_avg; 4029 s64 dist_variance; 4030 s64 dist_spread; 4031 4032 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 4033 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 4034 rssi_avg_valid:1, 4035 rssi_spread_valid:1, 4036 tx_rate_valid:1, 4037 rx_rate_valid:1, 4038 rtt_avg_valid:1, 4039 rtt_variance_valid:1, 4040 rtt_spread_valid:1, 4041 dist_avg_valid:1, 4042 dist_variance_valid:1, 4043 dist_spread_valid:1; 4044 }; 4045 4046 /** 4047 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4048 * @addr: address of the peer 4049 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4050 * measurement was made) 4051 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4052 * @status: status of the measurement 4053 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4054 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4055 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4056 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4057 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4058 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4059 * @ftm: FTM result 4060 */ 4061 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4062 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4063 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4064 4065 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4066 4067 u8 final:1, 4068 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4069 4070 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4071 4072 union { 4073 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4074 }; 4075 }; 4076 4077 /** 4078 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4079 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4080 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4081 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4082 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4083 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4084 * @burst_duration: burst duration 4085 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 4086 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4087 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4088 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4089 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4090 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4091 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4092 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4093 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4094 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4095 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4096 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4097 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4098 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4099 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4100 * 4101 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4102 */ 4103 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4104 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4105 u16 burst_period; 4106 u8 requested:1, 4107 asap:1, 4108 request_lci:1, 4109 request_civicloc:1, 4110 trigger_based:1, 4111 non_trigger_based:1, 4112 lmr_feedback:1; 4113 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4114 u8 burst_duration; 4115 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4116 u8 ftmr_retries; 4117 u8 bss_color; 4118 }; 4119 4120 /** 4121 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4122 * @addr: MAC address 4123 * @chandef: channel to use 4124 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4125 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4126 */ 4127 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4128 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4129 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4130 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4131 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4132 }; 4133 4134 /** 4135 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4136 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4137 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4138 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4139 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4140 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4141 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4142 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4143 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4144 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4145 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4146 * zero it means there's no timeout 4147 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4148 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4149 */ 4150 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4151 u64 cookie; 4152 void *drv_data; 4153 u32 n_peers; 4154 u32 nl_portid; 4155 4156 u32 timeout; 4157 4158 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4159 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4160 4161 struct list_head list; 4162 4163 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4164 }; 4165 4166 /** 4167 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4168 * 4169 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4170 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4171 * 4172 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4173 * 4174 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4175 * has to be done. 4176 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4177 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4178 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4179 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4180 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4181 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4182 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4183 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4184 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4185 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4186 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4187 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4188 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4189 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4190 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4191 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4192 */ 4193 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4194 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4195 u16 status; 4196 const u8 *ie; 4197 size_t ie_len; 4198 int assoc_link_id; 4199 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4200 }; 4201 4202 /** 4203 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4204 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4205 * for the entire device 4206 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4207 * for the given interface 4208 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4209 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4210 * for these subtypes 4211 */ 4212 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4213 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4214 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4215 }; 4216 4217 /** 4218 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4219 * 4220 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4221 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4222 * 4223 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4224 * on success or a negative error code. 4225 * 4226 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4227 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4228 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4229 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4230 * 4231 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4232 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4233 * configured for the device. 4234 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4235 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4236 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4237 * the device. 4238 * 4239 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4240 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4241 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4242 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4243 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4244 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4245 * 4246 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4247 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4248 * 4249 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4250 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4251 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4252 * 4253 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4254 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4255 * address is available. 4256 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4257 * 4258 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4259 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4260 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4261 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4262 * 4263 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4264 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4265 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4266 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4267 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4268 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4269 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4270 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4271 * 4272 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4273 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4274 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4275 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4276 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4277 * 4278 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4279 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4280 * 4281 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4282 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4283 * 4284 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4285 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4286 * 4287 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4288 * 4289 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4290 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4291 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4292 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4293 * 4294 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4295 * @del_station: Remove a station 4296 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4297 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4298 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4299 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4300 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4301 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4302 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4303 * 4304 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4305 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4306 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4307 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4308 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4309 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4310 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4311 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4312 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4313 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4314 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4315 * 4316 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4317 * 4318 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4319 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4320 * set, and which to leave alone. 4321 * 4322 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4323 * 4324 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4325 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4326 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4327 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4328 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4329 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4330 * 4331 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4332 * 4333 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4334 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4335 * join the mesh instead. 4336 * 4337 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4338 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4339 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4340 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4341 * 4342 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4343 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4344 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4345 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4346 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4347 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4348 * 4349 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4350 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4351 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4352 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4353 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4354 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4355 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4356 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4357 * 4358 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4359 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4360 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4361 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4362 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4363 * was received. 4364 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4365 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4366 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4367 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4368 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4369 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4370 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4371 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4372 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4373 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4374 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4375 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4376 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4377 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4378 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4379 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4380 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4381 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4382 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4383 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4384 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4385 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4386 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4387 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4388 * 4389 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4390 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4391 * to a merge. 4392 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4393 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4394 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4395 * 4396 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4397 * MESH mode) 4398 * 4399 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4400 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4401 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4402 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4403 * 4404 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4405 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4406 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4407 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4408 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4409 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4410 * return 0 if successful 4411 * 4412 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4413 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4414 * 4415 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4416 * 4417 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4418 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4419 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4420 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4421 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4422 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4423 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4424 * the duration value. 4425 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4426 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4427 * frame on another channel 4428 * 4429 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4430 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4431 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4432 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4433 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4434 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4435 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4436 * 4437 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4438 * 4439 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4440 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4441 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4442 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4443 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4444 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4445 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4446 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4447 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4448 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4449 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4450 * disabled.) 4451 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4452 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4453 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4454 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4455 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4456 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4457 * thresholds. 4458 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4459 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4460 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4461 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4462 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4463 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4464 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4465 * 4466 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4467 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4468 * 4469 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4470 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4471 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4472 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4473 * 4474 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4475 * 4476 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4477 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4478 * 4479 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4480 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4481 * 4482 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4483 * 4484 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4485 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4486 * current monitoring channel. 4487 * 4488 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4489 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4490 * 4491 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4492 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4493 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4494 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4495 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4496 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4497 * 4498 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4499 * 4500 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4501 * was finished on another phy. 4502 * 4503 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4504 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4505 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4506 * 4507 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4508 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4509 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4510 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4511 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4512 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4513 * 4514 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4515 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4516 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4517 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4518 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4519 * as soon as possible. 4520 * 4521 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4522 * 4523 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4524 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4525 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4526 * 4527 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4528 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4529 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4530 * account. 4531 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4532 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4533 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4534 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4535 * rejected) 4536 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4537 * 4538 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4539 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4540 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4541 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4542 * 4543 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4544 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4545 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4546 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4547 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4548 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4549 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4550 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4551 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4552 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4553 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4554 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4555 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4556 * provided @nan_func. 4557 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4558 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4559 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4560 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4561 * 4562 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4563 * 4564 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4565 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4566 * 4567 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4568 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4569 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4570 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4571 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4572 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4573 * 4574 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4575 * user space 4576 * 4577 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4578 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4579 * 4580 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4581 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4582 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4583 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4584 * 4585 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4586 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4587 * DH IE through this interface. 4588 * 4589 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4590 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4591 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4592 * This callback may sleep. 4593 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4594 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4595 * 4596 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4597 * 4598 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4599 * 4600 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4601 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4602 * Response frame. 4603 * 4604 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4605 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4606 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4607 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4608 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4609 * radar channel. 4610 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4611 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4612 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4613 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4614 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4615 * 4616 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4617 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 4618 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. 4619 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. 4620 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) 4621 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML 4622 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the 4623 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added 4624 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed 4625 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must 4626 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added 4627 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling 4628 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each 4629 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. 4630 */ 4631 struct cfg80211_ops { 4632 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4633 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4634 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4635 4636 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4637 const char *name, 4638 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4639 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4640 struct vif_params *params); 4641 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4642 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4643 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4644 struct net_device *dev, 4645 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4646 struct vif_params *params); 4647 4648 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4649 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4650 unsigned int link_id); 4651 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4652 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4653 unsigned int link_id); 4654 4655 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4656 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4657 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4658 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4659 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4660 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4661 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4662 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4663 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4664 const u8 *mac_addr); 4665 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4666 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4667 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4668 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4669 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4670 u8 key_index); 4671 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4672 struct net_device *netdev, 4673 int link_id, 4674 u8 key_index); 4675 4676 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4677 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4678 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4679 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 4680 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4681 unsigned int link_id); 4682 4683 4684 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4685 const u8 *mac, 4686 struct station_parameters *params); 4687 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4688 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4689 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4690 const u8 *mac, 4691 struct station_parameters *params); 4692 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4693 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4694 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4695 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4696 4697 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4698 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4699 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4700 const u8 *dst); 4701 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4702 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4703 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4704 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4705 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4706 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4707 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4708 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4709 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4710 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4711 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4712 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4713 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4714 struct net_device *dev, 4715 struct mesh_config *conf); 4716 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4717 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4718 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4719 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4720 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4721 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4722 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4723 4724 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4725 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4726 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4727 4728 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4729 struct bss_parameters *params); 4730 4731 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4732 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4733 4734 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4735 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4736 4737 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4738 struct net_device *dev, 4739 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4740 4741 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4742 struct net_device *dev, 4743 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4744 4745 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4746 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4747 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4748 4749 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4750 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4751 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4752 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4753 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4754 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4755 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4756 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4757 4758 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4759 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4760 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4761 struct net_device *dev, 4762 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4763 u32 changed); 4764 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4765 u16 reason_code); 4766 4767 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4768 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4769 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4770 4771 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4772 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4773 4774 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4775 4776 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4777 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4778 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4779 unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); 4780 4781 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4782 4783 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4784 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4785 void *data, int len); 4786 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4787 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4788 void *data, int len); 4789 #endif 4790 4791 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4792 struct net_device *dev, 4793 unsigned int link_id, 4794 const u8 *peer, 4795 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4796 4797 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4798 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4799 4800 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4801 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4802 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4803 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4804 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4805 4806 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4807 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4808 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4809 unsigned int duration, 4810 u64 *cookie); 4811 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4812 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4813 u64 cookie); 4814 4815 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4816 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4817 u64 *cookie); 4818 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4819 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4820 u64 cookie); 4821 4822 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4823 bool enabled, int timeout); 4824 4825 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4826 struct net_device *dev, 4827 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4828 4829 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4830 struct net_device *dev, 4831 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4832 4833 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4834 struct net_device *dev, 4835 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4836 4837 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4838 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4839 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4840 4841 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4842 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4843 4844 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4845 struct net_device *dev, 4846 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4847 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4848 u64 reqid); 4849 4850 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4851 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4852 4853 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4854 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 4855 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 4856 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 4857 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4858 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4859 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4860 4861 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4862 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4863 4864 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4865 struct net_device *dev, 4866 u16 noack_map); 4867 4868 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4869 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4870 unsigned int link_id, 4871 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4872 4873 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4874 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4875 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4876 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4877 4878 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4879 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4880 4881 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4882 struct net_device *dev, 4883 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4884 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); 4885 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4886 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); 4887 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4888 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4889 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4890 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4891 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4892 u16 duration); 4893 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4894 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4895 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4896 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4897 4898 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4899 struct net_device *dev, 4900 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4901 4902 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4903 struct net_device *dev, 4904 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4905 4906 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4907 unsigned int link_id, 4908 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4909 4910 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4911 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4912 u16 admitted_time); 4913 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4914 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4915 4916 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4917 struct net_device *dev, 4918 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4919 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4920 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4921 struct net_device *dev, 4922 const u8 *addr); 4923 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4924 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4925 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4926 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4927 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4928 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4929 u64 cookie); 4930 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4931 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4932 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4933 u32 changes); 4934 4935 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4936 struct net_device *dev, 4937 const bool enabled); 4938 4939 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4940 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4941 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4942 4943 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4944 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4945 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4946 const u8 *aa); 4947 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4948 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4949 4950 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4951 struct net_device *dev, 4952 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4953 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4954 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 4955 u64 *cookie); 4956 4957 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4958 struct net_device *dev, 4959 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4960 4961 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4962 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4963 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4964 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4965 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4966 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4967 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4968 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4969 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4970 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4971 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4972 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4973 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4974 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4975 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4976 struct net_device *dev, 4977 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4978 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4979 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4980 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4981 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4982 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4983 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4984 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4985 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4986 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4987 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 4988 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4989 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 4990 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4991 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 4992 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4993 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4994 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req); 4995 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4996 bool val); 4997 }; 4998 4999 /* 5000 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 5001 * and registration/helper functions 5002 */ 5003 5004 /** 5005 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 5006 * 5007 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 5008 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 5009 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 5010 * wiphy at all 5011 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 5012 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 5013 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 5014 * reason to override the default 5015 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 5016 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 5017 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 5018 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 5019 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 5020 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 5021 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 5022 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 5023 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 5024 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 5025 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 5026 * firmware. 5027 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 5028 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 5029 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 5030 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 5031 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 5032 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 5033 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 5034 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 5035 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 5036 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 5037 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 5038 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 5039 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 5040 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 5041 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 5042 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 5043 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 5044 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 5045 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 5046 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 5047 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 5048 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 5049 * should set this flag for now. 5050 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 5051 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 5052 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 5053 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 5054 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 5055 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 5056 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 5057 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device 5058 */ 5059 enum wiphy_flags { 5060 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 5061 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 5062 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5063 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5064 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5065 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5066 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5067 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5068 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5069 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), 5070 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5071 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5072 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5073 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5074 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5075 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5076 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5077 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5078 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5079 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5080 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5081 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5082 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 5083 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5084 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5085 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5086 }; 5087 5088 /** 5089 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5090 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5091 * @types: interface types (bits) 5092 */ 5093 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5094 u16 max; 5095 u16 types; 5096 }; 5097 5098 /** 5099 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5100 * 5101 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5102 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, 5103 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on 5104 * that radio. 5105 * 5106 * Examples: 5107 * 5108 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5109 * 5110 * .. code-block:: c 5111 * 5112 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5113 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5114 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5115 * }; 5116 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5117 * .limits = limits1, 5118 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5119 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5120 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5121 * }; 5122 * 5123 * 5124 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5125 * 5126 * .. code-block:: c 5127 * 5128 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5129 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5130 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5131 * }; 5132 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5133 * .limits = limits2, 5134 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5135 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5136 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5137 * }; 5138 * 5139 * 5140 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5141 * 5142 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5143 * 5144 * .. code-block:: c 5145 * 5146 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5147 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5148 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5149 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5150 * }; 5151 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5152 * .limits = limits3, 5153 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5154 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5155 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5156 * }; 5157 * 5158 */ 5159 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5160 /** 5161 * @limits: 5162 * limits for the given interface types 5163 */ 5164 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5165 5166 /** 5167 * @num_different_channels: 5168 * can use up to this many different channels 5169 */ 5170 u32 num_different_channels; 5171 5172 /** 5173 * @max_interfaces: 5174 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5175 */ 5176 u16 max_interfaces; 5177 5178 /** 5179 * @n_limits: 5180 * number of limitations 5181 */ 5182 u8 n_limits; 5183 5184 /** 5185 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5186 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5187 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5188 */ 5189 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5190 5191 /** 5192 * @radar_detect_widths: 5193 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5194 */ 5195 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5196 5197 /** 5198 * @radar_detect_regions: 5199 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5200 */ 5201 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5202 5203 /** 5204 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5205 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5206 * 5207 * = 0 5208 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5209 * > 0 5210 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5211 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5212 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5213 */ 5214 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5215 }; 5216 5217 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5218 u16 tx, rx; 5219 }; 5220 5221 /** 5222 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5223 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5224 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5225 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5226 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5227 * packet should be preserved in that case 5228 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5229 * (see nl80211.h) 5230 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5231 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5232 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5233 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5234 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5235 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5236 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5237 */ 5238 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5239 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5240 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5241 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5242 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5243 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5244 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5245 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5246 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5247 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5248 }; 5249 5250 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5251 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5252 u32 data_payload_max; 5253 u32 data_interval_max; 5254 u32 wake_payload_max; 5255 bool seq; 5256 }; 5257 5258 /** 5259 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5260 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5261 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5262 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5263 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5264 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5265 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5266 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5267 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5268 * scheduled scans. 5269 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5270 * details. 5271 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5272 */ 5273 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5274 u32 flags; 5275 int n_patterns; 5276 int pattern_max_len; 5277 int pattern_min_len; 5278 int max_pkt_offset; 5279 int max_nd_match_sets; 5280 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5281 }; 5282 5283 /** 5284 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5285 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5286 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5287 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5288 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5289 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5290 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5291 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5292 */ 5293 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5294 int n_rules; 5295 int max_delay; 5296 int n_patterns; 5297 int pattern_max_len; 5298 int pattern_min_len; 5299 int max_pkt_offset; 5300 }; 5301 5302 /** 5303 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5304 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5305 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5306 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5307 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5308 */ 5309 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5310 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5311 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5312 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5313 }; 5314 5315 /** 5316 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5317 * 5318 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5319 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5320 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5321 * 5322 */ 5323 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5324 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5325 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5326 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5327 }; 5328 5329 /** 5330 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5331 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5332 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5333 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5334 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5335 */ 5336 5337 struct sta_opmode_info { 5338 u32 changed; 5339 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5340 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5341 u8 rx_nss; 5342 }; 5343 5344 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5345 5346 /** 5347 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5348 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5349 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5350 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5351 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5352 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5353 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5354 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5355 * dumpit calls. 5356 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5357 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5358 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5359 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5360 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5361 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5362 * are used with dump requests. 5363 */ 5364 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5365 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5366 u32 flags; 5367 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5368 const void *data, int data_len); 5369 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5370 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5371 unsigned long *storage); 5372 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5373 unsigned int maxattr; 5374 }; 5375 5376 /** 5377 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5378 * @iftype: interface type 5379 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5380 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5381 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5382 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5383 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5384 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5385 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5386 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5387 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5388 */ 5389 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5390 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5391 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5392 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5393 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5394 u16 eml_capabilities; 5395 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5396 }; 5397 5398 /** 5399 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5400 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5401 * @type: the interface type to look up 5402 * 5403 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL 5404 */ 5405 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5406 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5407 5408 /** 5409 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5410 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5411 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5412 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5413 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5414 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5415 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5416 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5417 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5418 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5419 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5420 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5421 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5422 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5423 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5424 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5425 * not limited) 5426 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5427 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5428 */ 5429 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5430 unsigned int max_peers; 5431 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5432 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5433 5434 struct { 5435 u32 preambles; 5436 u32 bandwidths; 5437 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5438 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5439 u8 supported:1, 5440 asap:1, 5441 non_asap:1, 5442 request_lci:1, 5443 request_civicloc:1, 5444 trigger_based:1, 5445 non_trigger_based:1; 5446 } ftm; 5447 }; 5448 5449 /** 5450 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5451 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5452 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5453 * 5454 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5455 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5456 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5457 */ 5458 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5459 u16 iftypes_mask; 5460 const u32 *akm_suites; 5461 int n_akm_suites; 5462 }; 5463 5464 /** 5465 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range 5466 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) 5467 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) 5468 */ 5469 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { 5470 u32 start_freq; 5471 u32 end_freq; 5472 }; 5473 5474 5475 /** 5476 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy 5477 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. 5478 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel 5479 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. 5480 * 5481 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. 5482 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range 5483 * 5484 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5485 * list single interface types. 5486 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5487 * 5488 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. 5489 */ 5490 struct wiphy_radio { 5491 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; 5492 int n_freq_range; 5493 5494 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5495 int n_iface_combinations; 5496 5497 u32 antenna_mask; 5498 }; 5499 5500 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5501 5502 /** 5503 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5504 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5505 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5506 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5507 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5508 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5509 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5510 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5511 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5512 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5513 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5514 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5515 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5516 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5517 * iftype_akm_suites. 5518 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5519 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5520 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5521 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5522 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5523 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5524 * suites are specified separately. 5525 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5526 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5527 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5528 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5529 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5530 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5531 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5532 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5533 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5534 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5535 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5536 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5537 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5538 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5539 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5540 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5541 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5542 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5543 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5544 * unregister hardware 5545 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5546 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5547 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5548 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5549 * (see below). 5550 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5551 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5552 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5553 * must be set by driver 5554 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5555 * list single interface types. 5556 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5557 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5558 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5559 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5560 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5561 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5562 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5563 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5564 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5565 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5566 * this variable determines its size 5567 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5568 * any given scan 5569 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5570 * the device can run concurrently. 5571 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5572 * for in any given scheduled scan 5573 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5574 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5575 * supported. 5576 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5577 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5578 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5579 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5580 * scans 5581 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5582 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5583 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5584 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5585 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5586 * scan plan supported by the device. 5587 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5588 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5589 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5590 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5591 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5592 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5593 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5594 * 5595 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5596 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5597 * type 5598 * 5599 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5600 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5601 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5602 * 5603 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5604 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5605 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5606 * 5607 * @probe_resp_offload: 5608 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5609 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5610 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5611 * 5612 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5613 * may request, if implemented. 5614 * 5615 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5616 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5617 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5618 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5619 * 5620 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5621 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5622 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5623 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5624 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5625 * 5626 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5627 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5628 * 5629 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5630 * supports for ACL. 5631 * 5632 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5633 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5634 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5635 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5636 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5637 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5638 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5639 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5640 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5641 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5642 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5643 * capabilities are specified separately. 5644 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5645 * 5646 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5647 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5648 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5649 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5650 * 5651 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5652 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5653 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5654 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5655 * 5656 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5657 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5658 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5659 * infinite. 5660 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5661 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5662 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5663 * 5664 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5665 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5666 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5667 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5668 * 5669 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5670 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5671 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5672 * 5673 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5674 * wake_tx_queue 5675 * 5676 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5677 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5678 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5679 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5680 * 5681 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5682 * 5683 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5684 * device has 5685 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5686 * supported by the driver for each vif 5687 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5688 * supported by the driver for each peer 5689 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5690 * long/short retry configuration 5691 * 5692 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5693 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5694 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5695 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5696 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5697 * 5698 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5699 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5700 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5701 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5702 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5703 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5704 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5705 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5706 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5707 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5708 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5709 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5710 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5711 * 5712 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5713 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5714 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5715 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5716 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5717 * specify a mac address). 5718 * 5719 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy 5720 * @n_radio: number of radios 5721 */ 5722 struct wiphy { 5723 struct mutex mtx; 5724 5725 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5726 5727 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5728 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5729 5730 struct mac_address *addresses; 5731 5732 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5733 5734 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5735 int n_iface_combinations; 5736 u16 software_iftypes; 5737 5738 u16 n_addresses; 5739 5740 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5741 u16 interface_modes; 5742 5743 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5744 5745 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5746 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5747 5748 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5749 5750 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5751 5752 int bss_priv_size; 5753 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5754 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5755 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5756 u8 max_match_sets; 5757 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5758 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5759 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5760 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5761 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5762 5763 int n_cipher_suites; 5764 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5765 5766 int n_akm_suites; 5767 const u32 *akm_suites; 5768 5769 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5770 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5771 5772 u8 retry_short; 5773 u8 retry_long; 5774 u32 frag_threshold; 5775 u32 rts_threshold; 5776 u8 coverage_class; 5777 5778 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5779 u32 hw_version; 5780 5781 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5782 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5783 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5784 #endif 5785 5786 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5787 5788 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5789 5790 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5791 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5792 5793 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5794 5795 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5796 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5797 5798 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5799 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5800 5801 const void *privid; 5802 5803 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5804 5805 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5806 struct regulatory_request *request); 5807 5808 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5809 5810 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5811 5812 struct device dev; 5813 5814 bool registered; 5815 5816 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5817 5818 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5819 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5820 5821 struct list_head wdev_list; 5822 5823 possible_net_t _net; 5824 5825 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5826 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5827 #endif 5828 5829 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5830 5831 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5832 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5833 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5834 5835 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5836 5837 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5838 5839 u32 bss_select_support; 5840 5841 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5842 5843 u32 txq_limit; 5844 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5845 u32 txq_quantum; 5846 5847 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5848 5849 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5850 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5851 5852 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5853 5854 struct { 5855 u64 peer, vif; 5856 u8 max_retry; 5857 } tid_config_support; 5858 5859 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5860 5861 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5862 5863 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5864 5865 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5866 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5867 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5868 5869 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 5870 5871 int n_radio; 5872 const struct wiphy_radio *radio; 5873 5874 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5875 }; 5876 5877 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5878 { 5879 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5880 } 5881 5882 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5883 { 5884 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5885 } 5886 5887 /** 5888 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5889 * 5890 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5891 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5892 */ 5893 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5894 { 5895 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5896 return &wiphy->priv; 5897 } 5898 5899 /** 5900 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5901 * 5902 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5903 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5904 */ 5905 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5906 { 5907 BUG_ON(!priv); 5908 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5909 } 5910 5911 /** 5912 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5913 * 5914 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5915 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5916 */ 5917 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5918 { 5919 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5920 } 5921 5922 /** 5923 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5924 * 5925 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5926 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5927 */ 5928 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5929 { 5930 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5931 } 5932 5933 /** 5934 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5935 * 5936 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5937 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5938 */ 5939 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5940 { 5941 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5942 } 5943 5944 /** 5945 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5946 * 5947 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5948 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5949 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5950 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5951 * 5952 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5953 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5954 * 5955 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5956 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5957 */ 5958 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5959 const char *requested_name); 5960 5961 /** 5962 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5963 * 5964 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5965 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5966 * 5967 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5968 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5969 * 5970 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5971 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5972 */ 5973 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5974 int sizeof_priv) 5975 { 5976 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5977 } 5978 5979 /** 5980 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5981 * 5982 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5983 * 5984 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5985 */ 5986 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5987 5988 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5989 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5990 5991 /** 5992 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5993 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5994 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5995 * 5996 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5997 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5998 */ 5999 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 6000 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6001 6002 /** 6003 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 6004 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6005 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6006 * 6007 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 6008 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 6009 */ 6010 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 6011 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6012 6013 /** 6014 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 6015 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 6016 * 6017 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. 6018 * 6019 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy 6020 */ 6021 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6022 6023 /** 6024 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 6025 * 6026 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 6027 * 6028 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 6029 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 6030 * request that is being handled. 6031 */ 6032 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6033 6034 /** 6035 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 6036 * 6037 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 6038 */ 6039 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6040 6041 /* internal structs */ 6042 struct cfg80211_conn; 6043 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 6044 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 6045 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 6046 6047 /** 6048 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 6049 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 6050 * 6051 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 6052 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 6053 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 6054 * differentiate which way it's called. 6055 * 6056 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 6057 * 6058 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 6059 * 6060 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 6061 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 6062 */ 6063 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6064 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 6065 { 6066 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 6067 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 6068 } 6069 6070 /** 6071 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 6072 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 6073 */ 6074 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6075 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 6076 { 6077 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 6078 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 6079 } 6080 6081 DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, 6082 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), 6083 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) 6084 6085 struct wiphy_work; 6086 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 6087 6088 struct wiphy_work { 6089 struct list_head entry; 6090 wiphy_work_func_t func; 6091 }; 6092 6093 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 6094 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6095 { 6096 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 6097 work->func = func; 6098 } 6099 6100 /** 6101 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 6102 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6103 * @work: the work item 6104 * 6105 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6106 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6107 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6108 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6109 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6110 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6111 */ 6112 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6113 6114 /** 6115 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 6116 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6117 * @work: the work to cancel 6118 * 6119 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6120 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6121 */ 6122 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6123 6124 /** 6125 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6126 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6127 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6128 * 6129 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6130 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6131 */ 6132 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6133 6134 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6135 struct wiphy_work work; 6136 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6137 struct timer_list timer; 6138 }; 6139 6140 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6141 6142 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6143 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6144 { 6145 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6146 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6147 } 6148 6149 /** 6150 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6151 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6152 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6153 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6154 * 6155 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6156 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6157 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6158 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6159 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6160 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6161 */ 6162 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6163 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6164 unsigned long delay); 6165 6166 /** 6167 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6168 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6169 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6170 * 6171 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6172 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6173 */ 6174 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6175 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6176 6177 /** 6178 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 6179 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6180 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 6181 * 6182 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6183 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6184 */ 6185 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6186 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6187 6188 /** 6189 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable 6190 * work item is currently pending. 6191 * 6192 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6193 * @dwork: the delayed work in question 6194 * 6195 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 6196 * 6197 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which 6198 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. 6199 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is 6200 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call 6201 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and 6202 * won't run before that. 6203 * 6204 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling 6205 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule 6206 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to 6207 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it 6208 * is currently executing. 6209 * 6210 * CPU0 CPU1 6211 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) 6212 * mod_timer(wk->timer) 6213 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true 6214 * 6215 * [...] 6216 * expire_timers(wk->timer) 6217 * detach_timer(wk->timer) 6218 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false 6219 * wk->timer->function() | 6220 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending 6221 * list_add_tail() | returns false but 6222 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not 6223 * | been run yet 6224 * [...] | 6225 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | 6226 * wk->func() V 6227 * 6228 */ 6229 bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6230 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6231 6232 /** 6233 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point 6234 * 6235 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode 6236 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point 6237 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point 6238 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point 6239 */ 6240 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { 6241 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, 6242 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, 6243 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, 6244 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, 6245 }; 6246 6247 /** 6248 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 6249 * 6250 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 6251 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 6252 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 6253 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 6254 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 6255 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 6256 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 6257 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 6258 * 6259 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 6260 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 6261 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 6262 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 6263 * 6264 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 6265 * @iftype: interface type 6266 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 6267 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 6268 * for the notifier 6269 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 6270 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 6271 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 6272 * wireless device if it has no netdev 6273 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 6274 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 6275 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 6276 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 6277 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 6278 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 6279 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 6280 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 6281 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 6282 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 6283 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 6284 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 6285 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 6286 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 6287 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 6288 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 6289 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 6290 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 6291 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 6292 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 6293 * need to propagate the update to the driver 6294 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 6295 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 6296 * the P2P Device. 6297 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 6298 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 6299 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 6300 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 6301 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 6302 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 6303 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 6304 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 6305 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 6306 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 6307 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 6308 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 6309 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 6310 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 6311 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 6312 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 6313 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 6314 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 6315 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 6316 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 6317 * unprotected beacon report 6318 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 6319 * @ap and @client for each link 6320 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been 6321 * started 6322 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was 6323 * entered. 6324 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 6325 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 6326 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. 6327 */ 6328 struct wireless_dev { 6329 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6330 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6331 6332 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 6333 struct list_head list; 6334 struct net_device *netdev; 6335 6336 u32 identifier; 6337 6338 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 6339 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 6340 6341 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 6342 6343 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 6344 6345 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 6346 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 6347 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 6348 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 6349 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 6350 6351 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 6352 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6353 6354 struct list_head event_list; 6355 spinlock_t event_lock; 6356 6357 u8 connected:1; 6358 6359 bool ps; 6360 int ps_timeout; 6361 6362 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 6363 6364 u32 owner_nlportid; 6365 bool nl_owner_dead; 6366 6367 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6368 /* wext data */ 6369 struct { 6370 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6371 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6372 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6373 const u8 *ie; 6374 size_t ie_len; 6375 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6376 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6377 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6378 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6379 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6380 } wext; 6381 #endif 6382 6383 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 6384 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 6385 6386 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6387 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6388 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6389 6390 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6391 6392 union { 6393 struct { 6394 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6395 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6396 u8 ssid_len; 6397 } client; 6398 struct { 6399 int beacon_interval; 6400 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6401 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6402 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 6403 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6404 } mesh; 6405 struct { 6406 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6407 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6408 u8 ssid_len; 6409 } ap; 6410 struct { 6411 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6412 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6413 int beacon_interval; 6414 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6415 u8 ssid_len; 6416 } ibss; 6417 struct { 6418 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6419 } ocb; 6420 } u; 6421 6422 struct { 6423 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6424 union { 6425 struct { 6426 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6427 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6428 } ap; 6429 struct { 6430 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6431 } client; 6432 }; 6433 6434 bool cac_started; 6435 unsigned long cac_start_time; 6436 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 6437 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6438 u16 valid_links; 6439 6440 u32 radio_mask; 6441 }; 6442 6443 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6444 { 6445 if (wdev->netdev) 6446 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6447 return wdev->address; 6448 } 6449 6450 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6451 { 6452 if (wdev->netdev) 6453 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6454 return wdev->is_running; 6455 } 6456 6457 /** 6458 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6459 * 6460 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6461 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6462 */ 6463 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6464 { 6465 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6466 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6467 } 6468 6469 /** 6470 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6471 * @wdev: the wdev 6472 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6473 * 6474 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6475 */ 6476 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6477 unsigned int link_id); 6478 6479 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6480 unsigned int link_id) 6481 { 6482 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6483 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6484 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6485 } 6486 6487 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6488 for (link_id = 0; \ 6489 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6490 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6491 link_id++) \ 6492 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6493 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6494 6495 /** 6496 * DOC: Utility functions 6497 * 6498 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6499 */ 6500 6501 /** 6502 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6503 * 6504 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6505 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6506 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6507 */ 6508 static inline bool 6509 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6510 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6511 { 6512 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6513 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6514 } 6515 6516 /** 6517 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6518 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6519 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6520 */ 6521 static inline u32 6522 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6523 { 6524 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6525 } 6526 6527 /** 6528 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6529 * 6530 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6531 * @chan: channel 6532 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6533 */ 6534 enum nl80211_chan_width 6535 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6536 6537 /** 6538 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6539 * @chan: channel number 6540 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6541 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6542 */ 6543 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6544 6545 /** 6546 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6547 * @chan: channel number 6548 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6549 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6550 */ 6551 static inline int 6552 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6553 { 6554 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6555 } 6556 6557 /** 6558 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6559 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6560 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6561 */ 6562 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6563 6564 /** 6565 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6566 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6567 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6568 */ 6569 static inline int 6570 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6571 { 6572 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6573 } 6574 6575 /** 6576 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6577 * frequency 6578 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6579 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6580 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6581 */ 6582 struct ieee80211_channel * 6583 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6584 6585 /** 6586 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6587 * 6588 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6589 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6590 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6591 */ 6592 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6593 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6594 { 6595 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6596 } 6597 6598 /** 6599 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6600 * @chan: control channel to check 6601 * 6602 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6603 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6604 * 6605 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise 6606 */ 6607 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6608 { 6609 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6610 return false; 6611 6612 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6613 } 6614 6615 /** 6616 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef 6617 * 6618 * @radio: wiphy radio 6619 * @chandef: chandef for current channel 6620 * 6621 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio 6622 */ 6623 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 6624 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6625 6626 /** 6627 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel 6628 * 6629 * @wdev: the wireless device 6630 * @chan: channel to check 6631 * 6632 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel 6633 */ 6634 bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6635 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6636 6637 /** 6638 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6639 * 6640 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6641 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6642 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6643 * 6644 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6645 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6646 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6647 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6648 */ 6649 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6650 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6651 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6652 6653 /** 6654 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6655 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6656 * 6657 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits 6658 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6659 */ 6660 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 6661 6662 /* 6663 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6664 * 6665 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6666 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6667 */ 6668 6669 struct radiotap_align_size { 6670 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6671 }; 6672 6673 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6674 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6675 int n_bits; 6676 uint32_t oui; 6677 uint8_t subns; 6678 }; 6679 6680 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6681 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6682 int n_ns; 6683 }; 6684 6685 /** 6686 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6687 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6688 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6689 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6690 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6691 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6692 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6693 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6694 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6695 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6696 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6697 * radiotap namespace or not 6698 * 6699 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6700 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6701 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6702 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6703 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6704 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6705 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6706 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6707 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6708 * next bitmap word 6709 * 6710 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6711 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6712 */ 6713 6714 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6715 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6716 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6717 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6718 6719 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6720 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6721 6722 unsigned char *this_arg; 6723 int this_arg_index; 6724 int this_arg_size; 6725 6726 int is_radiotap_ns; 6727 6728 int _max_length; 6729 int _arg_index; 6730 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6731 int _reset_on_ext; 6732 }; 6733 6734 int 6735 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6736 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6737 int max_length, 6738 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6739 6740 int 6741 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6742 6743 6744 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6745 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6746 6747 /** 6748 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6749 * 6750 * @skb: the frame 6751 * 6752 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6753 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6754 * 6755 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6756 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6757 * 802.11 header. 6758 */ 6759 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6760 6761 /** 6762 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6763 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6764 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6765 */ 6766 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6767 6768 /** 6769 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6770 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6771 * (first byte) will be accessed 6772 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6773 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6774 */ 6775 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6776 6777 /** 6778 * DOC: Data path helpers 6779 * 6780 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6781 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6782 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6783 */ 6784 6785 /** 6786 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6787 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6788 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6789 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6790 * @addr: the device MAC address 6791 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6792 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6793 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6794 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6795 */ 6796 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6797 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6798 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6799 6800 /** 6801 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6802 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6803 * @addr: the device MAC address 6804 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6805 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6806 */ 6807 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6808 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6809 { 6810 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6811 } 6812 6813 /** 6814 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6815 * 6816 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6817 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6818 * mesh control field. 6819 * 6820 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6821 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 6822 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 6823 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6824 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6825 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6826 */ 6827 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 6828 6829 /** 6830 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6831 * 6832 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6833 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6834 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6835 * 6836 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6837 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6838 * initialized by the caller. 6839 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6840 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6841 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6842 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6843 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6844 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 6845 */ 6846 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6847 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6848 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6849 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6850 u8 mesh_control); 6851 6852 /** 6853 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6854 * 6855 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6856 * protocol. 6857 * 6858 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6859 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6860 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6861 */ 6862 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6863 6864 /** 6865 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6866 * 6867 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6868 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6869 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6870 * 6871 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6872 * 6873 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6874 */ 6875 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6876 6877 /** 6878 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6879 * @skb: the data frame 6880 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6881 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6882 */ 6883 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6884 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6885 6886 /** 6887 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6888 * 6889 * @eid: element ID 6890 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6891 * @len: length of data 6892 * @match: byte array to match 6893 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6894 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6895 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6896 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6897 * the data portion instead. 6898 * 6899 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6900 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6901 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6902 * requested element struct. 6903 * 6904 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6905 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6906 * byte array to match. 6907 */ 6908 const struct element * 6909 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6910 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6911 unsigned int match_offset); 6912 6913 /** 6914 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6915 * 6916 * @eid: element ID 6917 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6918 * @len: length of data 6919 * @match: byte array to match 6920 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6921 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6922 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6923 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6924 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6925 * the second byte is the IE length. 6926 * 6927 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6928 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6929 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6930 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6931 * element ID. 6932 * 6933 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6934 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6935 * byte array to match. 6936 */ 6937 static inline const u8 * 6938 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6939 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6940 unsigned int match_offset) 6941 { 6942 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6943 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6944 */ 6945 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6946 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6947 return NULL; 6948 6949 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6950 match, match_len, 6951 match_offset ? 6952 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6953 } 6954 6955 /** 6956 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6957 * 6958 * @eid: element ID 6959 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6960 * @len: length of data 6961 * 6962 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6963 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6964 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6965 * requested element struct. 6966 * 6967 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6968 * having to fit into the given data. 6969 */ 6970 static inline const struct element * 6971 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6972 { 6973 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6974 } 6975 6976 /** 6977 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6978 * 6979 * @eid: element ID 6980 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6981 * @len: length of data 6982 * 6983 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6984 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6985 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6986 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6987 * 6988 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6989 * having to fit into the given data. 6990 */ 6991 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6992 { 6993 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6994 } 6995 6996 /** 6997 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6998 * 6999 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7000 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7001 * @len: length of data 7002 * 7003 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 7004 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7005 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7006 * requested element struct. 7007 * 7008 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7009 * having to fit into the given data. 7010 */ 7011 static inline const struct element * 7012 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7013 { 7014 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7015 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 7016 } 7017 7018 /** 7019 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 7020 * 7021 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7022 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7023 * @len: length of data 7024 * 7025 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 7026 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7027 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7028 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7029 * 7030 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7031 * having to fit into the given data. 7032 */ 7033 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7034 { 7035 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7036 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 7037 } 7038 7039 /** 7040 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 7041 * 7042 * @oui: vendor OUI 7043 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7044 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7045 * @len: length of data 7046 * 7047 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7048 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 7049 * return the element structure for the requested element. 7050 * 7051 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7052 * the given data. 7053 */ 7054 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7055 const u8 *ies, 7056 unsigned int len); 7057 7058 /** 7059 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 7060 * 7061 * @oui: vendor OUI 7062 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7063 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7064 * @len: length of data 7065 * 7066 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7067 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 7068 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7069 * element ID. 7070 * 7071 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7072 * the given data. 7073 */ 7074 static inline const u8 * 7075 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7076 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 7077 { 7078 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 7079 } 7080 7081 /** 7082 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 7083 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 7084 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 7085 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 7086 */ 7087 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 7088 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 7089 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 7090 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 7091 }; 7092 7093 /** 7094 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 7095 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 7096 * their entries in 7097 * @elems_len: length of the elements 7098 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7099 * for the return value 7100 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 7101 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 7102 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 7103 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 7104 * or elements were malformed.) 7105 */ 7106 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 7107 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7108 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 7109 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 7110 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 7111 void *iter_data); 7112 7113 /** 7114 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 7115 * 7116 * @elem: the element to defragment 7117 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 7118 * @ieslen: length of @ies 7119 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 7120 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 7121 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 7122 * 7123 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 7124 * 7125 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 7126 * skipping all headers. 7127 * 7128 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 7129 * element in-place. 7130 */ 7131 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 7132 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 7133 u8 frag_id); 7134 7135 /** 7136 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 7137 * 7138 * @dev: network device 7139 * @addr: STA MAC address 7140 * 7141 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 7142 * devices upon STA association. 7143 */ 7144 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7145 7146 /** 7147 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 7148 * 7149 * TODO 7150 */ 7151 7152 /** 7153 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 7154 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 7155 * conflicts) 7156 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 7157 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 7158 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 7159 * alpha2. 7160 * 7161 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 7162 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 7163 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 7164 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 7165 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 7166 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 7167 * 7168 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 7169 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 7170 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 7171 * 7172 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7173 * an -ENOMEM. 7174 * 7175 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 7176 */ 7177 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 7178 7179 /** 7180 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 7181 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7182 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7183 * 7184 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 7185 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 7186 * information. 7187 * 7188 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7189 */ 7190 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7191 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7192 7193 /** 7194 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 7195 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7196 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7197 * 7198 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 7199 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 7200 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 7201 * 7202 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7203 */ 7204 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7205 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7206 7207 /** 7208 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 7209 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7210 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 7211 * 7212 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 7213 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 7214 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 7215 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 7216 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 7217 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 7218 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 7219 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 7220 * that called this helper. 7221 */ 7222 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7223 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 7224 7225 /** 7226 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 7227 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 7228 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 7229 * 7230 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 7231 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 7232 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 7233 * and processed already. 7234 * 7235 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 7236 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 7237 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 7238 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 7239 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 7240 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 7241 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 7242 */ 7243 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7244 u32 center_freq); 7245 7246 /** 7247 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 7248 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 7249 * 7250 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 7251 * proper string representation. 7252 * 7253 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator 7254 */ 7255 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 7256 7257 /** 7258 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 7259 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 7260 * 7261 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 7262 * 7263 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 7264 */ 7265 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7266 7267 /** 7268 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 7269 * 7270 */ 7271 7272 /** 7273 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 7274 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 7275 * 7276 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 7277 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 7278 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 7279 * 7280 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 7281 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 7282 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 7283 * 7284 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7285 * an -ENODATA. 7286 * 7287 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 7288 */ 7289 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 7290 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 7291 7292 /* 7293 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 7294 * functions and BSS handling helpers 7295 */ 7296 7297 /** 7298 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 7299 * 7300 * @request: the corresponding scan request 7301 * @info: information about the completed scan 7302 */ 7303 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 7304 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 7305 7306 /** 7307 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 7308 * 7309 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 7310 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7311 */ 7312 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7313 7314 /** 7315 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7316 * 7317 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7318 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7319 * 7320 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7321 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7322 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7323 */ 7324 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7325 7326 /** 7327 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7328 * 7329 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7330 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7331 * 7332 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7333 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7334 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7335 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 7336 */ 7337 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7338 7339 /** 7340 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 7341 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7342 * @data: the BSS metadata 7343 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 7344 * @len: length of the management frame 7345 * @gfp: context flags 7346 * 7347 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7348 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7349 * 7350 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7351 * Or %NULL on error. 7352 */ 7353 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7354 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7355 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7356 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7357 gfp_t gfp); 7358 7359 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7360 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7361 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7362 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7363 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7364 { 7365 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7366 .chan = rx_channel, 7367 .signal = signal, 7368 }; 7369 7370 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 7371 } 7372 7373 /** 7374 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 7375 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 7376 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 7377 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 7378 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 7379 */ 7380 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 7381 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 7382 { 7383 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 7384 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 7385 u64 new_bssid_u64; 7386 7387 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 7388 7389 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 7390 7391 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 7392 } 7393 7394 /** 7395 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 7396 * @element: element to check 7397 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 7398 * 7399 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise 7400 */ 7401 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 7402 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 7403 7404 /** 7405 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 7406 * @ie: ies 7407 * @ielen: length of IEs 7408 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 7409 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 7410 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 7411 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 7412 * 7413 * Return: the number of bytes merged 7414 */ 7415 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7416 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 7417 const struct element *sub_elem, 7418 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 7419 7420 /** 7421 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 7422 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7423 * from a beacon or probe response 7424 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7425 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7426 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 7427 */ 7428 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7429 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7430 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7431 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7432 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 7433 }; 7434 7435 /** 7436 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7437 * @ie: IEs 7438 * @ielen: length of IEs 7439 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7440 * 7441 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7442 */ 7443 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7444 enum nl80211_band band); 7445 7446 /** 7447 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 7448 * @a: first SSID 7449 * @b: second SSID 7450 * 7451 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 7452 */ 7453 static inline bool 7454 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 7455 { 7456 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 7457 return false; 7458 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 7459 return false; 7460 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 7461 } 7462 7463 /** 7464 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7465 * 7466 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7467 * @data: the BSS metadata 7468 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7469 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7470 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7471 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7472 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7473 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7474 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7475 * @gfp: context flags 7476 * 7477 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7478 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7479 * 7480 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7481 * Or %NULL on error. 7482 */ 7483 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7484 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7485 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7486 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7487 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7488 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7489 gfp_t gfp); 7490 7491 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7492 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7493 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7494 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7495 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7496 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7497 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7498 { 7499 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7500 .chan = rx_channel, 7501 .signal = signal, 7502 }; 7503 7504 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7505 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7506 gfp); 7507 } 7508 7509 /** 7510 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7511 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7512 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7513 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7514 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7515 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7516 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7517 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7518 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 7519 * 7520 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7521 */ 7522 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7523 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7524 const u8 *bssid, 7525 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7526 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7527 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 7528 u32 use_for); 7529 7530 /** 7531 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7532 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7533 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7534 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7535 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7536 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7537 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7538 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7539 * 7540 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 7541 * 7542 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7543 */ 7544 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7545 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7546 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7547 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7548 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 7549 { 7550 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 7551 bss_type, privacy, 7552 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); 7553 } 7554 7555 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7556 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7557 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7558 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7559 { 7560 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7561 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7562 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7563 } 7564 7565 /** 7566 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7567 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7568 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7569 * 7570 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7571 */ 7572 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7573 7574 /** 7575 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7576 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7577 * @bss: the BSS struct 7578 * 7579 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7580 */ 7581 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7582 7583 /** 7584 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7585 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7586 * @bss: the bss to remove 7587 * 7588 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7589 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7590 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7591 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7592 */ 7593 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7594 7595 /** 7596 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7597 * 7598 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7599 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7600 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7601 * 7602 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7603 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7604 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7605 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7606 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7607 */ 7608 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7609 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7610 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7611 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7612 void *data), 7613 void *iter_data); 7614 7615 /** 7616 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7617 * @dev: network device 7618 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7619 * @len: length of the frame data 7620 * 7621 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7622 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7623 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7624 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7625 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7626 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7627 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7628 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7629 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7630 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7631 * 7632 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7633 */ 7634 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7635 7636 /** 7637 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7638 * @dev: network device 7639 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7640 * 7641 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7642 * mutex. 7643 */ 7644 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7645 7646 /** 7647 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 7648 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7649 * @len: length of the frame data 7650 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7651 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7652 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7653 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7654 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7655 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7656 * non-MLO connections 7657 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 7658 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7659 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7660 * were rejected by the AP. 7661 */ 7662 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 7663 const u8 *buf; 7664 size_t len; 7665 const u8 *req_ies; 7666 size_t req_ies_len; 7667 int uapsd_queues; 7668 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7669 struct { 7670 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7671 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7672 u16 status; 7673 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7674 }; 7675 7676 /** 7677 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7678 * @dev: network device 7679 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 7680 * 7681 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7682 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7683 * 7684 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7685 */ 7686 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7687 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 7688 7689 /** 7690 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7691 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7692 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7693 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7694 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7695 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7696 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7697 */ 7698 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7699 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7700 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7701 bool timeout; 7702 }; 7703 7704 /** 7705 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7706 * @dev: network device 7707 * @data: data describing the association failure 7708 * 7709 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7710 */ 7711 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7712 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7713 7714 /** 7715 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7716 * @dev: network device 7717 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7718 * @len: length of the frame data 7719 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7720 * 7721 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7722 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7723 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7724 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7725 */ 7726 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7727 bool reconnect); 7728 7729 /** 7730 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7731 * @dev: network device 7732 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7733 * @len: length of the frame data 7734 * 7735 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7736 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7737 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7738 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7739 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7740 * 7741 * This function may sleep. 7742 */ 7743 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7744 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7745 7746 /** 7747 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7748 * @dev: network device 7749 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7750 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7751 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7752 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7753 * @gfp: allocation flags 7754 * 7755 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7756 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7757 * primitive. 7758 */ 7759 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7760 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7761 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7762 7763 /** 7764 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7765 * 7766 * @dev: network device 7767 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7768 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7769 * @gfp: allocation flags 7770 * 7771 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7772 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7773 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7774 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7775 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7776 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7777 */ 7778 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7779 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7780 7781 /** 7782 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7783 * candidate 7784 * 7785 * @dev: network device 7786 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7787 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7788 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7789 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7790 * @gfp: allocation flags 7791 * 7792 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7793 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7794 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7795 */ 7796 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7797 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7798 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7799 7800 /** 7801 * DOC: RFkill integration 7802 * 7803 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7804 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7805 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7806 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 7807 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7808 * 7809 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7810 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7811 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7812 */ 7813 7814 /** 7815 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7816 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7817 * @blocked: block status 7818 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7819 */ 7820 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7821 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7822 7823 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7824 { 7825 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7826 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7827 } 7828 7829 /** 7830 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7831 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7832 */ 7833 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7834 7835 /** 7836 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7837 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7838 */ 7839 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7840 { 7841 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7842 } 7843 7844 /** 7845 * DOC: Vendor commands 7846 * 7847 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7848 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7849 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7850 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7851 * the configuration mechanism. 7852 * 7853 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7854 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 7855 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7856 * 7857 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7858 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7859 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7860 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7861 * managers etc. need. 7862 */ 7863 7864 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7865 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7866 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7867 int approxlen); 7868 7869 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7870 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7871 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7872 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7873 unsigned int portid, 7874 int vendor_event_idx, 7875 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7876 7877 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7878 7879 /** 7880 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7881 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7882 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7883 * be put into the skb 7884 * 7885 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7886 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7887 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7888 * 7889 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7890 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7891 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7892 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7893 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7894 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7895 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7896 * 7897 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7898 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7899 * 7900 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7901 */ 7902 static inline struct sk_buff * 7903 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7904 { 7905 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7906 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7907 } 7908 7909 /** 7910 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7911 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7912 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7913 * 7914 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7915 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7916 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7917 * skb regardless of the return value. 7918 * 7919 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7920 */ 7921 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7922 7923 /** 7924 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7925 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7926 * 7927 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7928 * 7929 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler 7930 */ 7931 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7932 7933 /** 7934 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7935 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7936 * @wdev: the wireless device 7937 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7938 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7939 * be put into the skb 7940 * @gfp: allocation flags 7941 * 7942 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7943 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7944 * 7945 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7946 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7947 * attribute. 7948 * 7949 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7950 * skb to send the event. 7951 * 7952 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7953 */ 7954 static inline struct sk_buff * 7955 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7956 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7957 { 7958 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7959 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7960 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7961 } 7962 7963 /** 7964 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7965 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7966 * @wdev: the wireless device 7967 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7968 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7969 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7970 * be put into the skb 7971 * @gfp: allocation flags 7972 * 7973 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7974 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7975 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7976 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7977 * 7978 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7979 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7980 * attribute. 7981 * 7982 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7983 * skb to send the event. 7984 * 7985 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7986 */ 7987 static inline struct sk_buff * 7988 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7989 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7990 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7991 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7992 { 7993 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7994 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7995 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7996 } 7997 7998 /** 7999 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 8000 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 8001 * @gfp: allocation flags 8002 * 8003 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8004 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 8005 */ 8006 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8007 { 8008 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8009 } 8010 8011 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 8012 /** 8013 * DOC: Test mode 8014 * 8015 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 8016 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 8017 * factory programming. 8018 * 8019 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 8020 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 8021 */ 8022 8023 /** 8024 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 8025 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8026 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8027 * be put into the skb 8028 * 8029 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8030 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8031 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 8032 * 8033 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 8034 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8035 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8036 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8037 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8038 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 8039 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 8040 * 8041 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 8042 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 8043 * 8044 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8045 */ 8046 static inline struct sk_buff * 8047 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8048 { 8049 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8050 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 8051 } 8052 8053 /** 8054 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 8055 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8056 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 8057 * 8058 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8059 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 8060 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 8061 * regardless of the return value. 8062 * 8063 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8064 */ 8065 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 8066 { 8067 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 8068 } 8069 8070 /** 8071 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 8072 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8073 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8074 * be put into the skb 8075 * @gfp: allocation flags 8076 * 8077 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8078 * testmode multicast group. 8079 * 8080 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 8081 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 8082 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 8083 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 8084 * in any other way. 8085 * 8086 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 8087 * skb to send the event. 8088 * 8089 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8090 */ 8091 static inline struct sk_buff * 8092 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 8093 { 8094 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8095 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 8096 approxlen, gfp); 8097 } 8098 8099 /** 8100 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 8101 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8102 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 8103 * @gfp: allocation flags 8104 * 8105 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8106 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 8107 * consumes it. 8108 */ 8109 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8110 { 8111 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8112 } 8113 8114 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 8115 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 8116 #else 8117 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 8118 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 8119 #endif 8120 8121 /** 8122 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 8123 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 8124 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 8125 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 8126 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 8127 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 8128 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 8129 * status for a FILS connection. 8130 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8131 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 8132 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 8133 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8134 */ 8135 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 8136 const u8 *kek; 8137 size_t kek_len; 8138 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 8139 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 8140 const u8 *pmk; 8141 size_t pmk_len; 8142 const u8 *pmkid; 8143 }; 8144 8145 /** 8146 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 8147 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8148 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8149 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8150 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8151 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8152 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8153 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8154 * case. 8155 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 8156 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 8157 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8158 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 8159 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 8160 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8161 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8162 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8163 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8164 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8165 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8166 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 8167 * zero. 8168 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8169 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 8170 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 8171 * connected AP info. 8172 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 8173 * %NULL. 8174 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 8175 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 8176 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 8177 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 8178 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 8179 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 8180 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 8181 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 8182 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 8183 * to be specified. 8184 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 8185 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 8186 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 8187 */ 8188 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 8189 int status; 8190 const u8 *req_ie; 8191 size_t req_ie_len; 8192 const u8 *resp_ie; 8193 size_t resp_ie_len; 8194 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8195 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 8196 8197 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8198 u16 valid_links; 8199 struct { 8200 const u8 *addr; 8201 const u8 *bssid; 8202 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8203 u16 status; 8204 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8205 }; 8206 8207 /** 8208 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8209 * 8210 * @dev: network device 8211 * @params: connection response parameters 8212 * @gfp: allocation flags 8213 * 8214 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8215 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8216 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 8217 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 8218 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 8219 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8220 */ 8221 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 8222 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 8223 gfp_t gfp); 8224 8225 /** 8226 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8227 * 8228 * @dev: network device 8229 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8230 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 8231 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 8232 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 8233 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 8234 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 8235 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 8236 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8237 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8238 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8239 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8240 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8241 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8242 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8243 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8244 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8245 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8246 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8247 * case. 8248 * @gfp: allocation flags 8249 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8250 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8251 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8252 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8253 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8254 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8255 * 8256 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8257 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8258 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 8259 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 8260 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8261 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8262 */ 8263 static inline void 8264 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8265 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 8266 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 8267 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 8268 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8269 { 8270 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 8271 8272 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 8273 params.status = status; 8274 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 8275 params.links[0].bss = bss; 8276 params.req_ie = req_ie; 8277 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 8278 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 8279 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 8280 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 8281 8282 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 8283 } 8284 8285 /** 8286 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8287 * 8288 * @dev: network device 8289 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8290 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8291 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8292 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8293 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8294 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8295 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8296 * the real status code for failures. 8297 * @gfp: allocation flags 8298 * 8299 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8300 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8301 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 8302 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8303 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8304 */ 8305 static inline void 8306 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8307 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 8308 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 8309 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 8310 { 8311 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 8312 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 8313 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 8314 } 8315 8316 /** 8317 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 8318 * 8319 * @dev: network device 8320 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8321 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8322 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8323 * @gfp: allocation flags 8324 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 8325 * 8326 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 8327 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 8328 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 8329 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 8330 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 8331 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8332 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8333 */ 8334 static inline void 8335 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8336 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 8337 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8338 { 8339 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 8340 gfp, timeout_reason); 8341 } 8342 8343 /** 8344 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 8345 * 8346 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8347 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8348 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8349 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8350 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 8351 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 8352 * Otherwise zero. 8353 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8354 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 8355 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 8356 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 8357 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 8358 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 8359 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 8360 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 8361 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 8362 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 8363 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 8364 */ 8365 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 8366 const u8 *req_ie; 8367 size_t req_ie_len; 8368 const u8 *resp_ie; 8369 size_t resp_ie_len; 8370 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8371 8372 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8373 u16 valid_links; 8374 struct { 8375 const u8 *addr; 8376 const u8 *bssid; 8377 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 8378 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8379 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8380 }; 8381 8382 /** 8383 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 8384 * 8385 * @dev: network device 8386 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 8387 * @gfp: allocation flags 8388 * 8389 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 8390 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 8391 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 8392 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 8393 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 8394 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 8395 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 8396 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 8397 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 8398 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 8399 */ 8400 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 8401 gfp_t gfp); 8402 8403 /** 8404 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 8405 * 8406 * @dev: network device 8407 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 8408 * in case of AP/P2P GO 8409 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 8410 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 8411 * @gfp: allocation flags 8412 * 8413 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 8414 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 8415 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 8416 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 8417 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 8418 * indicate the 802.11 association. 8419 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 8420 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 8421 * associated STA/GC. 8422 */ 8423 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 8424 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 8425 8426 /** 8427 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 8428 * 8429 * @dev: network device 8430 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 8431 * @ie_len: length of IEs 8432 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 8433 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 8434 * @gfp: allocation flags 8435 * 8436 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 8437 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 8438 */ 8439 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 8440 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8441 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 8442 8443 /** 8444 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8445 * @wdev: wireless device 8446 * @cookie: the request cookie 8447 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8448 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8449 * channel 8450 * @gfp: allocation flags 8451 */ 8452 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8453 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8454 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8455 8456 /** 8457 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8458 * @wdev: wireless device 8459 * @cookie: the request cookie 8460 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8461 * @gfp: allocation flags 8462 */ 8463 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8464 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8465 gfp_t gfp); 8466 8467 /** 8468 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8469 * @wdev: wireless device 8470 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8471 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8472 * @gfp: allocation flags 8473 */ 8474 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8475 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8476 8477 /** 8478 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8479 * 8480 * @sinfo: the station information 8481 * @gfp: allocation flags 8482 * 8483 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8484 */ 8485 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8486 8487 /** 8488 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8489 * @sinfo: the station information 8490 * 8491 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8492 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8493 * the stack.) 8494 */ 8495 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8496 { 8497 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8498 } 8499 8500 /** 8501 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8502 * 8503 * @dev: the netdev 8504 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8505 * @sinfo: the station information 8506 * @gfp: allocation flags 8507 */ 8508 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8509 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8510 8511 /** 8512 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8513 * @dev: the netdev 8514 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8515 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8516 * @gfp: allocation flags 8517 */ 8518 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8519 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8520 8521 /** 8522 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8523 * 8524 * @dev: the netdev 8525 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8526 * @gfp: allocation flags 8527 */ 8528 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8529 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8530 { 8531 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8532 } 8533 8534 /** 8535 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8536 * 8537 * @dev: the netdev 8538 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8539 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8540 * @gfp: allocation flags 8541 * 8542 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8543 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8544 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8545 * 8546 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8547 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8548 */ 8549 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8550 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8551 gfp_t gfp); 8552 8553 /** 8554 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8555 * 8556 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8557 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8558 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8559 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8560 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8561 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8562 * @len: length of the frame data 8563 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8564 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8565 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8566 */ 8567 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8568 int freq; 8569 int sig_dbm; 8570 bool have_link_id; 8571 u8 link_id; 8572 const u8 *buf; 8573 size_t len; 8574 u32 flags; 8575 u64 rx_tstamp; 8576 u64 ack_tstamp; 8577 }; 8578 8579 /** 8580 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8581 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8582 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8583 * 8584 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8585 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8586 * 8587 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8588 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8589 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8590 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8591 */ 8592 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8593 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8594 8595 /** 8596 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8597 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8598 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8599 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8600 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8601 * @len: length of the frame data 8602 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8603 * 8604 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8605 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8606 * 8607 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8608 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8609 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8610 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8611 */ 8612 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8613 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8614 u32 flags) 8615 { 8616 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8617 .freq = freq, 8618 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8619 .buf = buf, 8620 .len = len, 8621 .flags = flags 8622 }; 8623 8624 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8625 } 8626 8627 /** 8628 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8629 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8630 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8631 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8632 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8633 * @len: length of the frame data 8634 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8635 * 8636 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8637 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8638 * 8639 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8640 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8641 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8642 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8643 */ 8644 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8645 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8646 u32 flags) 8647 { 8648 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8649 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8650 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8651 .buf = buf, 8652 .len = len, 8653 .flags = flags 8654 }; 8655 8656 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8657 } 8658 8659 /** 8660 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8661 * 8662 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8663 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8664 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8665 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8666 * @len: length of the frame data 8667 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8668 */ 8669 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8670 u64 cookie; 8671 u64 tx_tstamp; 8672 u64 ack_tstamp; 8673 const u8 *buf; 8674 size_t len; 8675 bool ack; 8676 }; 8677 8678 /** 8679 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8680 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8681 * @status: TX status data 8682 * @gfp: context flags 8683 * 8684 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8685 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8686 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8687 */ 8688 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8689 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8690 8691 /** 8692 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8693 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8694 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8695 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8696 * @len: length of the frame data 8697 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8698 * @gfp: context flags 8699 * 8700 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8701 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8702 * transmission attempt. 8703 */ 8704 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8705 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8706 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8707 { 8708 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8709 .cookie = cookie, 8710 .buf = buf, 8711 .len = len, 8712 .ack = ack 8713 }; 8714 8715 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8716 } 8717 8718 /** 8719 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8720 * port frames 8721 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8722 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8723 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8724 * @len: length of the frame data 8725 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8726 * @gfp: context flags 8727 * 8728 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8729 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8730 * the transmission attempt. 8731 */ 8732 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8733 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8734 gfp_t gfp); 8735 8736 /** 8737 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8738 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8739 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8740 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8741 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8742 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8743 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8744 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8745 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8746 * 8747 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8748 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8749 * control port frames over nl80211. 8750 * 8751 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8752 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8753 * 8754 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8755 */ 8756 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8757 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8758 8759 /** 8760 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8761 * @dev: network device 8762 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8763 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8764 * @gfp: context flags 8765 * 8766 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8767 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8768 */ 8769 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8770 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8771 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8772 8773 /** 8774 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8775 * @dev: network device 8776 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8777 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8778 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8779 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8780 * @gfp: context flags 8781 */ 8782 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8783 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8784 8785 /** 8786 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8787 * @dev: network device 8788 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8789 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8790 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8791 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8792 * @gfp: context flags 8793 * 8794 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8795 * given interval is exceeded. 8796 */ 8797 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8798 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8799 8800 /** 8801 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8802 * @dev: network device 8803 * @gfp: context flags 8804 * 8805 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8806 */ 8807 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8808 8809 /** 8810 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8811 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8812 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8813 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8814 * @gfp: context flags 8815 * 8816 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8817 */ 8818 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8819 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8820 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8821 8822 static inline void 8823 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8824 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8825 gfp_t gfp) 8826 { 8827 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8828 } 8829 8830 static inline void 8831 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8832 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8833 gfp_t gfp) 8834 { 8835 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8836 } 8837 8838 /** 8839 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8840 * @dev: network device 8841 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8842 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8843 * @gfp: context flags 8844 * 8845 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8846 * frame. 8847 */ 8848 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8849 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8850 gfp_t gfp); 8851 8852 /** 8853 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8854 * @netdev: network device 8855 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8856 * @event: type of event 8857 * @gfp: context flags 8858 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. 8859 * 8860 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8861 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8862 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8863 */ 8864 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8865 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8866 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, 8867 unsigned int link_id); 8868 8869 /** 8870 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8871 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8872 * 8873 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8874 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8875 */ 8876 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8877 8878 /** 8879 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 8880 * @dev: network device 8881 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 8882 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 8883 * @gfp: allocation flags 8884 */ 8885 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8886 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 8887 8888 /** 8889 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 8890 * @dev: network device 8891 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 8892 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 8893 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 8894 * @gfp: allocation flags 8895 */ 8896 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 8897 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 8898 8899 /** 8900 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 8901 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8902 * @addr: the transmitter address 8903 * @gfp: context flags 8904 * 8905 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8906 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 8907 * sender. 8908 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8909 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8910 */ 8911 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8912 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8913 8914 /** 8915 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 8916 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8917 * @addr: the transmitter address 8918 * @gfp: context flags 8919 * 8920 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8921 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 8922 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 8923 * station to avoid event flooding. 8924 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8925 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8926 */ 8927 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8928 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8929 8930 /** 8931 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 8932 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 8933 * @addr: the address of the peer 8934 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 8935 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 8936 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 8937 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 8938 * @gfp: allocation flags 8939 */ 8940 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8941 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 8942 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 8943 8944 /** 8945 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 8946 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8947 * @frame: the frame 8948 * @len: length of the frame 8949 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 8950 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8951 * 8952 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8953 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8954 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8955 */ 8956 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8957 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8958 8959 /** 8960 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8961 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8962 * @frame: the frame 8963 * @len: length of the frame 8964 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8965 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8966 * 8967 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8968 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8969 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8970 */ 8971 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8972 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8973 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8974 { 8975 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8976 sig_dbm); 8977 } 8978 8979 /** 8980 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration 8981 * @iftype: the interface type to check for 8982 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another 8983 * interface connected already on the same channel) 8984 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. 8985 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the 8986 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting 8987 */ 8988 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { 8989 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 8990 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; 8991 bool relax; 8992 }; 8993 8994 /** 8995 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed 8996 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8997 * @chandef: the channel definition 8998 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking 8999 * 9000 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9001 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9002 */ 9003 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9004 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9005 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); 9006 9007 /** 9008 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 9009 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9010 * @chandef: the channel definition 9011 * @iftype: interface type 9012 * 9013 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9014 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9015 */ 9016 static inline bool 9017 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9018 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9019 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9020 { 9021 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9022 .iftype = iftype, 9023 }; 9024 9025 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9026 } 9027 9028 /** 9029 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 9030 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9031 * @chandef: the channel definition 9032 * @iftype: interface type 9033 * 9034 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9035 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 9036 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 9037 * more permissive conditions. 9038 * 9039 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 9040 */ 9041 static inline bool 9042 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9043 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9044 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9045 { 9046 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9047 .iftype = iftype, 9048 .relax = true, 9049 }; 9050 9051 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9052 } 9053 9054 /** 9055 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 9056 * @dev: the device which switched channels 9057 * @chandef: the new channel definition 9058 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9059 * 9060 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 9061 * driver context! 9062 */ 9063 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9064 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9065 unsigned int link_id); 9066 9067 /** 9068 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 9069 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 9070 * @chandef: the future channel definition 9071 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9072 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 9073 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 9074 * 9075 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 9076 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 9077 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 9078 */ 9079 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9080 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9081 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 9082 bool quiet); 9083 9084 /** 9085 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 9086 * 9087 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9088 * @band: band pointer to fill 9089 * 9090 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9091 */ 9092 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 9093 enum nl80211_band *band); 9094 9095 /** 9096 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 9097 * 9098 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9099 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 9100 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 9101 * 9102 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9103 */ 9104 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 9105 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9106 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9107 9108 /** 9109 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 9110 * 9111 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9112 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 9113 * 9114 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9115 */ 9116 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9117 u8 *op_class); 9118 9119 /** 9120 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 9121 * 9122 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9123 * 9124 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 9125 */ 9126 static inline u32 9127 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 9128 { 9129 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 9130 } 9131 9132 /** 9133 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 9134 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 9135 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 9136 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 9137 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 9138 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 9139 * @gfp: allocation flags 9140 * 9141 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 9142 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 9143 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 9144 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 9145 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 9146 */ 9147 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9148 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 9149 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 9150 9151 /** 9152 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 9153 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 9154 * 9155 * Return: calculated bitrate 9156 */ 9157 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 9158 9159 /** 9160 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 9161 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 9162 * 9163 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 9164 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 9165 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 9166 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 9167 * is unbound from the driver. 9168 * 9169 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9170 */ 9171 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9172 9173 /** 9174 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 9175 * @dev: the netdev to register 9176 * 9177 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9178 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 9179 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 9180 * instead as well. 9181 * 9182 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9183 * 9184 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9185 */ 9186 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 9187 9188 /** 9189 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 9190 * @dev: the netdev to register 9191 * 9192 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9193 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 9194 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 9195 * usable instead as well. 9196 * 9197 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9198 */ 9199 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 9200 { 9201 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 9202 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 9203 #endif 9204 } 9205 9206 /** 9207 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 9208 * @ies: FT IEs 9209 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 9210 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 9211 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 9212 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 9213 */ 9214 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 9215 const u8 *ies; 9216 size_t ies_len; 9217 const u8 *target_ap; 9218 const u8 *ric_ies; 9219 size_t ric_ies_len; 9220 }; 9221 9222 /** 9223 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 9224 * @netdev: network device 9225 * @ft_event: IE information 9226 */ 9227 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9228 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 9229 9230 /** 9231 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 9232 * @ies: the input IE buffer 9233 * @len: the input length 9234 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 9235 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 9236 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 9237 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 9238 * 9239 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 9240 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 9241 * 9242 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 9243 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 9244 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 9245 */ 9246 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 9247 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 9248 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 9249 9250 /** 9251 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 9252 * @ies: the IE buffer 9253 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9254 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9255 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9256 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9257 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9258 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 9259 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 9260 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9261 * 9262 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9263 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9264 * split. 9265 * 9266 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9267 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9268 * 9269 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9270 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9271 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9272 * 9273 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9274 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9275 * used. 9276 */ 9277 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9278 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 9279 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 9280 size_t offset); 9281 9282 /** 9283 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 9284 * @ies: the IE buffer 9285 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9286 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9287 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9288 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9289 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9290 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9291 * 9292 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9293 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9294 * split. 9295 * 9296 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9297 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9298 * 9299 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9300 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9301 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9302 * 9303 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9304 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9305 * used. 9306 */ 9307 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9308 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 9309 { 9310 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 9311 } 9312 9313 /** 9314 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 9315 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 9316 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 9317 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 9318 * 9319 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 9320 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 9321 * accordingly. 9322 */ 9323 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 9324 9325 /** 9326 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 9327 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 9328 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 9329 * @gfp: allocation flags 9330 * 9331 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 9332 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 9333 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 9334 * else caused the wakeup. 9335 */ 9336 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9337 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 9338 gfp_t gfp); 9339 9340 /** 9341 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 9342 * 9343 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 9344 * @gfp: allocation flags 9345 * 9346 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 9347 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 9348 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 9349 */ 9350 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 9351 9352 /** 9353 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 9354 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9355 * 9356 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 9357 */ 9358 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9359 9360 /** 9361 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 9362 * 9363 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9364 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9365 * 9366 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 9367 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 9368 * the interface combinations. 9369 * 9370 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. 9371 */ 9372 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9373 struct iface_combination_params *params); 9374 9375 /** 9376 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 9377 * 9378 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9379 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9380 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 9381 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 9382 * 9383 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 9384 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 9385 * purposes. 9386 * 9387 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9388 */ 9389 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9390 struct iface_combination_params *params, 9391 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 9392 void *data), 9393 void *data); 9394 9395 /** 9396 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 9397 * 9398 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9399 * @wdev: wireless device 9400 * @gfp: context flags 9401 * 9402 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 9403 * disconnected. 9404 * 9405 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 9406 */ 9407 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9408 gfp_t gfp); 9409 9410 /** 9411 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 9412 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 9413 * 9414 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 9415 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 9416 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 9417 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 9418 * 9419 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 9420 * the driver while the function is running. 9421 */ 9422 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9423 9424 /** 9425 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 9426 * 9427 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9428 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9429 * 9430 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9431 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9432 */ 9433 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9434 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9435 { 9436 u8 *ft_byte; 9437 9438 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9439 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 9440 } 9441 9442 /** 9443 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 9444 * 9445 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9446 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9447 * 9448 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9449 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9450 * 9451 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise 9452 */ 9453 static inline bool 9454 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9455 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9456 { 9457 u8 ft_byte; 9458 9459 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9460 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 9461 } 9462 9463 /** 9464 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 9465 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 9466 * 9467 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 9468 */ 9469 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 9470 9471 /** 9472 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 9473 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 9474 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 9475 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 9476 * result. 9477 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 9478 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9479 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 9480 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 9481 * @info_len: the length of the &info 9482 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 9483 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 9484 */ 9485 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 9486 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 9487 u8 inst_id; 9488 u8 peer_inst_id; 9489 const u8 *addr; 9490 u8 info_len; 9491 const u8 *info; 9492 u64 cookie; 9493 }; 9494 9495 /** 9496 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 9497 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9498 * @match: match notification parameters 9499 * @gfp: allocation flags 9500 * 9501 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 9502 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 9503 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 9504 */ 9505 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9506 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 9507 9508 /** 9509 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 9510 * 9511 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9512 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9513 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 9514 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 9515 * @gfp: allocation flags 9516 * 9517 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 9518 */ 9519 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9520 u8 inst_id, 9521 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 9522 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9523 9524 /* ethtool helper */ 9525 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9526 9527 /** 9528 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9529 * @netdev: network device 9530 * @params: External authentication parameters 9531 * @gfp: allocation flags 9532 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9533 */ 9534 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9535 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9536 gfp_t gfp); 9537 9538 /** 9539 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9540 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9541 * @req: the original measurement request 9542 * @result: the result data 9543 * @gfp: allocation flags 9544 */ 9545 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9546 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9547 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9548 gfp_t gfp); 9549 9550 /** 9551 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9552 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9553 * @req: the original measurement request 9554 * @gfp: allocation flags 9555 * 9556 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9557 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9558 */ 9559 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9560 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9561 gfp_t gfp); 9562 9563 /** 9564 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9565 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9566 * @iftype: interface type 9567 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9568 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9569 * 9570 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9571 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9572 * check_swif is '1'. 9573 * 9574 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 9575 */ 9576 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9577 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9578 9579 9580 /** 9581 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9582 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 9583 * @netdev: network device 9584 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 9585 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9586 * 9587 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9588 */ 9589 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9590 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9591 9592 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9593 9594 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9595 9596 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9597 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9598 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9599 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9600 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9601 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9602 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9603 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9604 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9605 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9606 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9607 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9608 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9609 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9610 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9611 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9612 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9613 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9614 9615 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9616 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9617 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9618 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9619 9620 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9621 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 9622 9623 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9624 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9625 9626 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 9627 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 9628 #else 9629 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9630 ({ \ 9631 if (0) \ 9632 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 9633 0; \ 9634 }) 9635 #endif 9636 9637 /* 9638 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 9639 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 9640 * file/line information and a backtrace. 9641 */ 9642 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9643 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 9644 9645 /** 9646 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 9647 * @netdev: network device 9648 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 9649 * @gfp: allocation flags 9650 */ 9651 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9652 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 9653 gfp_t gfp); 9654 9655 /** 9656 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 9657 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9658 */ 9659 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9660 9661 /** 9662 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 9663 * @dev: network device 9664 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9665 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9666 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9667 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9668 * 9669 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9670 */ 9671 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9672 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9673 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); 9674 9675 /** 9676 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9677 * @dev: network device 9678 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9679 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9680 * 9681 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9682 */ 9683 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9684 u64 color_bitmap, 9685 u8 link_id) 9686 { 9687 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9688 0, color_bitmap, link_id); 9689 } 9690 9691 /** 9692 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9693 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9694 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9695 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9696 * 9697 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9698 * 9699 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9700 */ 9701 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9702 u8 count, u8 link_id) 9703 { 9704 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 9705 count, 0, link_id); 9706 } 9707 9708 /** 9709 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9710 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9711 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9712 * 9713 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9714 * 9715 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9716 */ 9717 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9718 u8 link_id) 9719 { 9720 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9721 0, 0, link_id); 9722 } 9723 9724 /** 9725 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9726 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9727 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9728 * 9729 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9730 * 9731 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9732 */ 9733 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9734 u8 link_id) 9735 { 9736 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9737 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9738 0, 0, link_id); 9739 } 9740 9741 /** 9742 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 9743 * @dev: network device. 9744 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 9745 * 9746 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 9747 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 9748 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 9749 * case disconnect instead. 9750 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 9751 */ 9752 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 9753 9754 /** 9755 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data 9756 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) 9757 * @len: length of the frame data 9758 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association 9759 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID 9760 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of 9761 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to 9762 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). 9763 * 9764 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was 9765 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. 9766 */ 9767 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { 9768 const u8 *buf; 9769 size_t len; 9770 u16 added_links; 9771 struct { 9772 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9773 u8 *addr; 9774 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9775 }; 9776 9777 /** 9778 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result 9779 * @dev: network device. 9780 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data 9781 * 9782 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration 9783 * request to add links to the association is done. 9784 */ 9785 void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, 9786 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); 9787 9788 /** 9789 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 9790 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 9791 * 9792 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 9793 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 9794 * hold anymore. 9795 */ 9796 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9797 9798 /** 9799 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state 9800 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed 9801 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. 9802 */ 9803 void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); 9804 9805 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 9806 /** 9807 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 9808 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9809 * @file: the file being read 9810 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 9811 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9812 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 9813 * @count: read count 9814 * @ppos: read position 9815 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9816 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 9817 * 9818 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno 9819 */ 9820 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9821 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9822 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9823 loff_t *ppos, 9824 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9825 struct file *file, 9826 char *buf, 9827 size_t bufsize, 9828 void *data), 9829 void *data); 9830 9831 /** 9832 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 9833 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9834 * @file: the file being written to 9835 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 9836 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9837 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 9838 * @count: read count 9839 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9840 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 9841 * 9842 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno 9843 */ 9844 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9845 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9846 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9847 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9848 struct file *file, 9849 char *buf, 9850 size_t count, 9851 void *data), 9852 void *data); 9853 #endif 9854 9855 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9856